A

AdminRootControllerClass in namespace
AfterCallAspectClass in namespace
An AfterCallAspect is run after a method is executed
AfterCallAspect::afterCall() — Method in class AfterCallAspect
Call this aspect after a method is executed
AggregateClass in namespace
Calculate an Aggregate on a particular field of a particular DataObject type (possibly with an additional filter before the aggregate)
Aggregate_RelationshipClass in namespace
A subclass of Aggregate that calculates aggregates for the result of a has_many query.
AopProxyServiceClass in namespace
A class that proxies another, allowing various functionality to be injected.
$AopProxyServiceProperty in class AopProxyService
ArrayDataClass in namespace
Lets you wrap a bunch of array data, or object members, into a {@link ViewableData} object.
ArrayData::array_to_object() — Method in class ArrayData
Converts an associative array to a simple object
ArrayLibClass in namespace
Library of static methods for manipulating arrays.
ArrayLib::array_values_recursive() — Method in class ArrayLib
ArrayLib::array_map_recursive() — Method in class ArrayLib
Similar to array_map, but recurses when arrays are encountered.
ArrayLib::array_merge_recursive() — Method in class ArrayLib
Recursively merges two or more arrays.
ArrayListClass in namespace
A list object that wraps around an array of objects or arrays.
ArrayList::add() — Method in class ArrayList
Add this $item into this list
AssetAdminClass in namespace
AssetAdmin is the 'file store' section of the CMS.
AssetAdmin::addfolder() — Method in class AssetAdmin
AssetAdmin::AddForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
AssetAdmin_DeleteBatchActionClass in namespace
Delete multiple {@link Folder} records (and the associated filesystem nodes).
AuthenticatorClass in namespace
Abstract base class for an authentication method
Authenticator::authenticate() — Method in class Authenticator
Method to authenticate an user
BBCodeParser::autolinkUrls() — Method in class BBCodeParser
BulkLoader_Result::addCreated() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
BulkLoader_Result::addUpdated() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
BulkLoader_Result::addDeleted() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
CMSBatchAction::applicablePagesHelper() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
Helper method for applicablePages() methods. Acts as a skeleton implementation.
CMSBatchAction::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.
CMSBatchAction_Archive::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Archive
Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.
CMSBatchAction_Delete::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Delete
Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.
CMSBatchAction_DeleteFromLive::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_DeleteFromLive
Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.
CMSBatchAction_Publish::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Publish
Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.
CMSBatchAction_Restore::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Restore
{see SiteTree::canEdit()}
CMSBatchAction_Unpublish::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Unpublish
Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.
CMSMain::archive() — Method in class CMSMain
Delete this page from both live and stage
CMSMenu::add_controller() — Method in class CMSMenu
Add a LeftAndMain controller to the CMS menu.
CMSMenu::add_link() — Method in class CMSMenu
Add an arbitrary URL to the CMS menu.
CMSMenu::add_menu_item() — Method in class CMSMenu
Add a navigation item to the main administration menu showing in the top bar.
CMSPageAddController::AddForm() — Method in class CMSPageAddController
ClassInfo::allClasses() — Method in class ClassInfo
Wrapper for classes getter.
ClassInfo::ancestry() — Method in class ClassInfo
Returns the passed class name along with all its parent class names in an array, sorted with the root class first.
CompositeDBField::addToQuery() — Method in class CompositeDBField
Add all columns which are defined through {@link requireField()} and {@link $composite_db}, or any additional SQL that is required to get to these columns. Will mostly just write to the {@link SQLQuery->select} array.
Config::anything() — Method in class Config
Get a marker class instance that is used to do a "remove anything with this key" by adding $key => Config::anything() to the suppress array
Convert::array2json() — Method in class Convert
Encode an array as a JSON encoded string.
DB::affected_rows() — Method in class DB
Return the number of rows affected by the previous operation.
DB::affectedRows() — Method in class DB
DB::alteration_message() — Method in class DB
Show a message about database alteration
DBConnector::affectedRows() — Method in class DBConnector
Determines the number of affected rows from the last SQL query
DBField::addToQuery() — Method in class DBField
Add custom query parameters for this field, mostly SELECT statements for multi-value fields.
DBField::ATT() — Method in class DBField
DBSchemaManager::alterationMessage() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Show a message about database alteration
DBSchemaManager::alterIndex() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Alter an index on a table.
DBSchemaManager::alterTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Alter a table's schema.
DataExtension::augmentSQL() — Method in class DataExtension
Edit the given query object to support queries for this extension
DataExtension::augmentDatabase() — Method in class DataExtension
Update the database schema as required by this extension.
DataExtension::augmentWrite() — Method in class DataExtension
Augment a write-record request.
DataList::alterDataQuery() — Method in class DataList
Return a new DataList instance with the underlying {@link DataQuery} object altered
DataList::addFilter() — Method in class DataList
Return a new instance of the list with an added filter
DataList::avg() — Method in class DataList
Return the average value of the given field in this DataList
DataList::addMany() — Method in class DataList
Add a number of items to the component set.
DataList::add() — Method in class DataList
This method are overloaded by HasManyList and ManyMany list to perform more sophisticated list manipulation
$DataObjectProperty in class DataObject
Provides a list of allowed methods that can be called via RESTful api.
DataObject::Aggregate() — Method in class DataObject
DataQuery::avg() — Method in class DataQuery
Return the average value of the given field in this DataList
DataQuery::aggregate() — Method in class DataQuery
Runs a raw aggregate expression. Please handle escaping yourself
DataQuery::applyRelation() — Method in class DataQuery
Traverse the relationship fields, and add the table mappings to the query object state. This has to be called in any overloaded {@link SearchFilter->apply()} methods manually.
DataQuery::addSelectFromTable() — Method in class DataQuery
Add the given fields from the given table to the select statement.
DatabaseAdapterRegistry::autodiscover() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
Detects all _register_database.php files and invokes them
DatabaseAdapterRegistry::autoconfigure() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
Detects all _configure_database.php files and invokes them Called by ConfigureFromEnv.php
DatabaseAdmin::autoBuild() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
Check if database needs to be built, and build it if it does.
Date::Ago() — Method in class Date
Returns the number of seconds/minutes/hours/days or months since the timestamp.
Director::addRules() — Method in class Director
Add URL matching rules to the Director.
Director::absoluteURL() — Method in class Director
Turns the given URL into an absolute URL.
Director::absoluteBaseURL() — Method in class Director
Returns the Absolute URL of the site root.
Director::absoluteBaseURLWithAuth() — Method in class Director
Returns the Absolute URL of the site root, embedding the current basic-auth credentials into the URL.
Email::attachFileFromString() — Method in class Email
Attach a file based on provided raw data.
Email::attachFile() — Method in class Email
Attach the specified file to this email message.
Email::addCustomHeader() — Method in class Email
Add a custom header to this email message. Useful for implementing all those cool features that we didn't think of.
Extension::add_to_class() — Method in class Extension
Called when this extension is added to a particular class
FieldList::addFieldToTab() — Method in class FieldList
Add an extra field to a tab within this FieldList.
FieldList::addFieldsToTab() — Method in class FieldList
Add a number of extra fields to a tab within this FieldList.
File::AbsoluteLink() — Method in class File
Just an alias function to keep a consistent API with SiteTree
File::appCategory() — Method in class File
Returns a category based on the file extension.
FixtureBlueprint::addCallback() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
See class documentation.
Folder::addUploadToFolder() — Method in class Folder
Take a file uploaded via a POST form, and save it inside this folder.
Form::addErrorMessage() — Method in class Form
Add a plain text error message to a field on this form. It will be saved into the session and used the next time this form is displayed.
Form::Actions() — Method in class Form
Return the form's action buttons - used by the templates
Form::addExtraClass() — Method in class Form
Add a CSS-class to the form-container. If needed, multiple classes can be added by delimiting a string with spaces.
FormAction::actionName() — Method in class FormAction
Get the action name
FormField::addExtraClass() — Method in class FormField
Add one or more CSS-classes to the FormField container.
FormField::attrTitle() — Method in class FormField
Returns a version of a title suitable for insertion into an HTML attribute.
FormField::attrValue() — Method in class FormField
Returns a version of a title suitable for insertion into an HTML attribute.
$FormScaffolderProperty in class FormScaffolder
FunctionalTest::assertPartialMatchBySelector() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Assert that the most recently queried page contains a number of content tags specified by a CSS selector.
FunctionalTest::assertExactMatchBySelector() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Assert that the most recently queried page contains a number of content tags specified by a CSS selector.
FunctionalTest::assertPartialHTMLMatchBySelector() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Assert that the most recently queried page contains a number of content tags specified by a CSS selector.
FunctionalTest::assertExactHTMLMatchBySelector() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Assert that the most recently queried page contains a number of content tags specified by a CSS selector.
GridField::addDataFields() — Method in class GridField
Add additional calculated data fields to be used on this GridField
GridFieldConfig::addComponent() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
GridFieldConfig::addComponents() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
GridFieldDataColumns::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.
GridFieldDeleteAction::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
Add a column 'Delete'
GridFieldEditButton::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
Add a column 'Delete'
GridFieldViewButton::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.
GridField_ColumnProvider::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider
Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.
GridState::array_to_object() — Method in class GridState
GridState::attrValue() — Method in class GridState
Group::AllChildrenIncludingDeleted() — Method in class Group
Returns all of the children for the CMS Tree.
HTMLText::AbsoluteLinks() — Method in class HTMLText
Return the value of the field with relative links converted to absolute urls (with placeholders parsed).
HTTP::absoluteURLs() — Method in class HTTP
Turn all relative URLs in the content to absolute URLs
HTTP::add_cache_headers() — Method in class HTTP
Add the appropriate caching headers to the response, including If-Modified-Since / 304 handling.
HTTPCacheControl::applyToResponse() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
Generate and add the Cache-Control header to a response object
HasManyList::add() — Method in class HasManyList
Adds the item to this relation.
Hierarchy::AllChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy
Return all children, including those 'not in menus'.
Hierarchy::AllChildrenIncludingDeleted() — Method in class Hierarchy
Return all children, including those that have been deleted but are still in live.
Hierarchy::AllHistoricalChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy
Return all the children that this page had, including pages that were deleted from both stage & live.
HtmlEditorConfig::addButtonsToLine() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
Add buttons to the end of a line
HtmlEditorField_Embed::appCategory() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
HtmlEditorField_File::appCategory() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_File
Injector::addAutoProperty() — Method in class Injector
Add an object that should be automatically set on managed objects
JSTestRunner::all() — Method in class JSTestRunner
Run all test classes
LeftAndMain::ApplicationLink() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMainExtension::accessedCMS() — Method in class LeftAndMainExtension
LeftAndMainExtension::augmentNewSiteTreeItem() — Method in class LeftAndMainExtension
ManifestFileFinder::acceptDir() — Method in class ManifestFileFinder
ManyManyList::add() — Method in class ManyManyList
Add an item to this many_many relationship Does so by adding an entry to the joinTable.
$MemberProperty in class Member
$MemberProperty in class Member
Member::addVisit() — Method in class Member
Member::autoLogin() — Method in class Member
Log the user in if the "remember login" cookie is set
Member::addToGroupByCode() — Method in class Member
Adds the member to a group. This will create the group if the given group code does not return a valid group object.
MemberAuthenticator::authenticate() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
Method to authenticate an user
Member_GroupSet::add() — Method in class Member_GroupSet
Add an item to this many_many relationship Does so by adding an entry to the joinTable.
Money::addToQuery() — Method in class Money
Add custom query parameters for this field, mostly SELECT statements for multi-value fields.
MySQLSchemaManager::alterTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Alter a table's schema.
MySQLSchemaManager::alterField() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Change the database type of the given field.
MySQLSchemaManager::alterIndex() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Alter an index on a table.
MySQLiConnector::affectedRows() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Determines the number of affected rows from the last SQL query
NestedForm::Actions() — Method in class NestedForm
NullSecurityToken::addToUrl() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
Oembed::autodiscover_from_body() — Method in class Oembed
Given a response body, determine if there is an autodiscover url
PDOConnector::affectedRows() — Method in class PDOConnector
Determines the number of affected rows from the last SQL query
$ParameterConfirmationTokenProperty in class ParameterConfirmationToken
What to use instead of BASE_URL. Must not contain protocol or host.
Permission::add_to_hidden_permissions() — Method in class Permission
add a permission represented by the $code to the {@link slef::$hidden_permissions} list
PolymorphicForeignKey::addToQuery() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
Add custom query parameters for this field, mostly SELECT statements for multi-value fields.
PolymorphicHasManyList::add() — Method in class PolymorphicHasManyList
Adds the item to this relation.
RSSFeed_Entry::Author() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry
Get the author of this entry
RSSFeed_Entry::AbsoluteLink() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry
Get a link to this entry
RequestHandler::allowedActions() — Method in class RequestHandler
Get a array of allowed actions defined on this controller, any parent classes or extensions.
RequiredFields::addRequiredField() — Method in class RequiredFields
Adds a single required field to required fields stack.
RequiredFields::appendRequiredFields() — Method in class RequiredFields
Add {@link RequiredField} objects together
Requirements::add_i18n_javascript() — Method in class Requirements
Add i18n files from the given javascript directory. SilverStripe expects that the given directory will contain a number of JavaScript files named by language: en_US.js, de_DE.js, etc.
Requirements_Backend::add_i18n_javascript() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Add i18n files from the given javascript directory. SilverStripe expects that the given directory will contain a number of JavaScript files named by language: en_US.js, de_DE.js, etc.
SQLAssignmentRow::addAssignments() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
Adds assignments for a list of several fields
SQLAssignmentRow::assign() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
Set the value for a single field
SQLAssignmentRow::assignSQL() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
Assigns a value to a field using the literal SQL expression, rather than a value to be escaped
SQLConditionalExpression::addFrom() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Add a table to include in the query or update
SQLConditionalExpression::addLeftJoin() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Add a LEFT JOIN criteria to the tables list.
SQLConditionalExpression::addInnerJoin() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Add an INNER JOIN criteria
SQLConditionalExpression::addFilterToJoin() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Add an additional filter (part of the ON clause) on a join.
SQLConditionalExpression::addWhere() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Adds a WHERE clause.
SQLConditionalExpression::addWhereAny() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
SQLDelete::addDelete() — Method in class SQLDelete
Sets the list of tables to limit the delete to, if multiple tables are specified in the condition clause
SQLInsert::addRow() — Method in class SQLInsert
Appends a new row to insert
SQLInsert::addRows() — Method in class SQLInsert
Adds the list of rows to the array
SQLInsert::addAssignments() — Method in class SQLInsert
Adds assignments for a list of several fields.
SQLInsert::assign() — Method in class SQLInsert
Set the value for a single field
SQLInsert::assignSQL() — Method in class SQLInsert
Assigns a value to a field using the literal SQL expression, rather than a value to be escaped
SQLSelect::addSelect() — Method in class SQLSelect
Add to the list of columns to be selected by the query.
SQLSelect::addOrderBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
Add ORDER BY clause either as SQL snippet or in array format.
SQLSelect::addGroupBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
Add a GROUP BY clause.
SQLSelect::addHaving() — Method in class SQLSelect
Add a HAVING clause
SQLSelect::aggregate() — Method in class SQLSelect
Return a new SQLSelect that calls the given aggregate functions on this data.
SQLUpdate::addAssignments() — Method in class SQLUpdate
Adds assignments for a list of several fields.
SQLUpdate::assign() — Method in class SQLUpdate
Set the value for a single field
SQLUpdate::assignSQL() — Method in class SQLUpdate
Assigns a value to a field using the literal SQL expression, rather than a value to be escaped
SQLWriteExpression::addAssignments() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression
Adds assignments for a list of several fields.
SQLWriteExpression::assign() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression
Set the value for a single field
SQLWriteExpression::assignSQL() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression
Assigns a value to a field using the literal SQL expression, rather than a value to be escaped
SSHTMLBBCodeParser::addFilter() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
Add a new filter
SSHTMLBBCodeParser::addFilters() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
Add new filters
SSTemplateParser::addClosedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
Add a closed block callable to allow <% name %><% end_name %> syntax
SSTemplateParser::addOpenBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
Add a closed block callable to allow <% name %> syntax
SSTemplateParser::Argument_DollarMarkedLookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
If we get a bare value, we don't know enough to determine exactly what php would be the translation, because we don't know if the position of use indicates a lookup or a string argument.
SSTemplateParser::Argument_QuotedString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Argument_Lookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Argument_FreeString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SS_Cache::add_backend() — Method in class SS_Cache
Add a new named cache backend.
SS_ConfigManifest::addModule() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
Adds a path as a module
SS_ConfigManifest::activateConfig() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
Includes all of the php _config.php files found by this manifest. Called by SS_Config when adding this manifest
SS_ConfigManifest::addSourceConfigFile() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
Handle finding a php file. We just keep a record of all php files found, we don't include them at this stage
SS_ConfigManifest::addYAMLConfigFile() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
Handle finding a yml file. Parse the file by spliting it into header/fragment pairs, and normalising some of the header values (especially: give anonymous name if none assigned, splt/complete before and after matchers)
SS_ConfigManifest::addVariantKeySpecRules() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
Adds any variables referenced in the passed rules to the $this->variantKeySpec array
SS_DAG::additem() — Method in class SS_DAG
Add another node/vertex
SS_DAG::addedge() — Method in class SS_DAG
Add an edge from one vertex to another.
SS_Database::affectedRows() — Method in class SS_Database
Return the number of rows affected by the previous operation.
SS_Database::allDatabaseNames() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::alterTable() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::addslashes() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_HTTPRequest::addHeader() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
Add a HTTP header to the response, replacing any header of the same name.
SS_HTTPRequest::allParams() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::allParsed() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
Returns true if the URL has been completely parsed.
SS_HTTPResponse::addHeader() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
Add a HTTP header to the response, replacing any header of the same name.
SS_List::add() — Method in class SS_List
Adds an item to the list, making no guarantees about where it will appear.
SS_ListDecorator::add() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
Adds an item to the list, making no guarantees about where it will appear.
SS_Log::add_writer() — Method in class SS_Log
Add a writer instance to the logger.
SS_Object::addStaticVars() — Method in class SS_Object
SS_Object::add_static_var() — Method in class SS_Object
SS_Object::add_extension() — Method in class SS_Object
Add an extension to a specific class.
SS_Object::allMethodNames() — Method in class SS_Object
Return the names of all the methods available on this object
SS_Report::add_excluded_reports() — Method in class SS_Report
Exclude certain reports classes from the list of Reports in the CMS
SS_ReportWrapper::afterQuery() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
Override this method to perform some actions after querying.
SS_TestListener::addError() — Method in class SS_TestListener
SS_TestListener::addFailure() — Method in class SS_TestListener
SS_TestListener::addIncompleteTest() — Method in class SS_TestListener
SS_TestListener::addSkippedTest() — Method in class SS_TestListener
SS_TestListener::addRiskyTest() — Method in class SS_TestListener
Risky test.
SapphireTest::assertContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
SapphireTest::assertNotContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
SapphireTest::assertEmailSent() — Method in class SapphireTest
Assert that the matching email was sent since the last call to clearEmails() All of the parameters can either be a string, or, if they start with "/", a PREG-compatible regular expression.
SapphireTest::assertDOSContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
Assert that the given {@link SS_List} includes DataObjects matching the given key-value pairs. Each match must correspond to 1 distinct record.
SapphireTest::assertDOSEquals() — Method in class SapphireTest
Assert that the given {@link SS_List} includes only DataObjects matching the given key-value pairs. Each match must correspond to 1 distinct record.
SapphireTest::assertDOSAllMatch() — Method in class SapphireTest
Assert that the every record in the given {@link SS_List} matches the given key-value pairs.
SapphireTest::assertSQLEquals() — Method in class SapphireTest
Asserts that two SQL queries are equivalent
SapphireTest::assertSQLContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
Asserts that a SQL query contains a SQL fragment
SapphireTest::assertSQLNotContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
Asserts that a SQL query contains a SQL fragment
SapphireTestReporter::addFailure() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter
Adds the failure detail to the current test and increases the failure count for the current suite
SapphireTestReporter::addError() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter
Adds the error detail to the current test and increases the error count for the current suite
SapphireTestReporter::addIncompleteTest() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter
Adds the test incomplete detail to the current test and increases the incomplete count for the current suite
SapphireTestReporter::addSkippedTest() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter
Not used
SapphireTestReporter::addRiskyTest() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter
Risky test.
SearchContext::addFilter() — Method in class SearchContext
Adds a instance of {@link SearchFilter}.
SearchContext::addField() — Method in class SearchContext
Adds a new {@link FormField} instance.
SearchFilter::apply() — Method in class SearchFilter
Apply filter criteria to a SQL query.
SecurityAdmin::add_hidden_permission() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
The permissions represented in the $codes will not appearing in the form containing {@link PermissionCheckboxSetField} so as not to be checked / unchecked.
SecurityToken::addToUrl() — Method in class SecurityToken
Session::add_to_array() — Method in class Session
Add a value to a specific key in the session array
SilverStripeListener::addError() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
SilverStripeListener::addFailure() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
SilverStripeListener::addIncompleteTest() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
SilverStripeListener::addSkippedTest() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
SilverStripeListener::addRiskyTest() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
Risky test.
SiteTree::AbsoluteLink() — Method in class SiteTree
Get the absolute URL for this page, including protocol and host.
SiteTree::allowedChildren() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns an array of the class names of classes that are allowed to be children of this class.
SiteTreeLinkTracking::augmentSyncLinkTracking() — Method in class SiteTreeLinkTracking
Find HTMLText fields on {@link owner} to scrape for links that need tracking
TabularStyle::AsTableRow() — Method in class TabularStyle
Return a representation of this form as a table row
TeamCityListener::addError() — Method in class TeamCityListener
TeamCityListener::addFailure() — Method in class TeamCityListener
TeamCityListener::addIncompleteTest() — Method in class TeamCityListener
TeamCityListener::addSkippedTest() — Method in class TeamCityListener
TeamCityListener::addRiskyTest() — Method in class TeamCityListener
Risky test.
TestRunner::all() — Method in class TestRunner
Run test classes that should be run with every commit.
Text::AbsoluteLinks() — Method in class Text
Return the value of the field with relative links converted to absolute urls.
UnsavedRelationList::add() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Add an item to this relationship
UnsavedRelationList::addMany() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Add a number of items to the relation.
UploadField::attach() — Method in class UploadField
Retrieves details for files that this field wishes to attache to the client-side form
$Upload_ValidatorProperty in class Upload_Validator
Restrict filesize for either all filetypes or a specific extension, with extension-name as array-key and the size-restriction in bytes as array-value.
$Upload_ValidatorProperty in class Upload_Validator
$VersionedProperty in class Versioned
Versioned::augmentDataQueryCreation() — Method in class Versioned
Amend freshly created DataQuery objects with versioned-specific information.
Versioned::augmentSQL() — Method in class Versioned
Augment the the SQLQuery that is created by the DataQuery.
Versioned::augmentLoadLazyFields() — Method in class Versioned
For lazy loaded fields requiring extra SQL manipulation, ie versioning.
Versioned::augmentDatabase() — Method in class Versioned
Update the database schema as required by this extension.
Versioned::augmentWrite() — Method in class Versioned
Versioned::allVersions() — Method in class Versioned
Get a list of versions for this object, optionally with additional SQL parameters
Versioned_Version::Author() — Method in class Versioned_Version
Gets this version's author (the person who saved to Stage).
ViewableData::ATT_val() — Method in class ViewableData
Return the value of a field escaped suitable to be inserted into an XML node attribute.
VirtualPage::allowedChildren() — Method in class VirtualPage
YamlFixture::allFixtureIDs() — Method in class YamlFixture
Return all of the IDs in the fixture of a particular class name.

B

$AopProxyServiceProperty in class AopProxyService
ArrayList::byIDs() — Method in class ArrayList
Filter this list to only contain the given Primary IDs
ArrayList::byID() — Method in class ArrayList
AssetAdmin::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class AssetAdmin
BBCodeParserClass in namespace
BBCode parser object.
BasicAuthClass in namespace
Provides an interface to HTTP basic authentication.
BeforeCallAspectClass in namespace
A BeforeCallAspect is run before a method is executed.
BeforeCallAspect::beforeCall() — Method in class BeforeCallAspect
Call this aspect before a method is executed
BehatFixtureFactoryClass in namespace
BigIntClass in namespace
Represents a signed 8 byte integer field. Do note PHP running as 32-bit might not work with Bigint properly, as it would convert the value to a float when queried from the database since the value is a 64-bit one.
BooleanClass in namespace
Represents a boolean field.
BrokenFilesReportClass in namespace
BrokenLinksReportClass in namespace
Content side-report listing pages with broken links
BrokenRedirectorPagesReportClass in namespace
BrokenVirtualPagesReportClass in namespace
BuildTaskClass in namespace
Interface for a generic build task. Does not support dependencies. This will simply run a chunk of code when called.
BulkLoaderClass in namespace
A base for bulk loaders of content into the SilverStripe database.
BulkLoader_ResultClass in namespace
Encapsulates the result of a {@link BulkLoader} import (usually through the {@link BulkLoader->processAll()} method).
CMSBatchAction::batchaction() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
Helper method for processing batch actions.
CMSBatchActionHandler::batchActionList() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
Return a SS_List of ArrayData objects containing the following pieces of info about each batch action: - Link - Title
CMSBatchActionHandler::batchActions() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
Get all registered actions through the static defaults set by {@link register()}.
CMSFileAddController::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSFileAddController
CMSMain::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::batchactions() — Method in class CMSMain
Batch Actions Handler
CMSMain::BatchActionParameters() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::BatchActionList() — Method in class CMSMain
Returns a list of batch actions
CMSMain::buildbrokenlinks() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSPageHistoryController::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
CMSPageSettingsController::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSPageSettingsController
CMSPagesController::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSPagesController
CMSProfileController::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSProfileController
Only show first element, as the profile form is limited to editing the current member it doesn't make much sense to show the member name in the breadcrumbs.
ClassInfo::baseDataClass() — Method in class ClassInfo
Returns the root class (the first to extend from DataObject) for the passed class.
Convert::base64url_encode() — Method in class Convert
Encode a value into a string that can be used as part of a filename.
Convert::base64url_decode() — Method in class Convert
Decode a value that was encoded with Convert::base64url_encode.
DB::build_sql() — Method in class DB
Builds a sql query with the specified connection
DBQueryBuilder::buildSQL() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
Builds a sql query with the specified connection
DBQueryBuilder::buildDeleteFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
Return the DELETE clause ready for inserting into a query.
DBQueryBuilder::buildUpdateFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
Return the UPDATE clause ready for inserting into a query.
DBQueryBuilder::buildFromFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
Return the FROM clause ready for inserting into a query.
DBQueryBuilder::buildWhereFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
Returns the WHERE clauses ready for inserting into a query.
DBQueryBuilder::buildOrderByFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
Returns the ORDER BY clauses ready for inserting into a query.
DBQueryBuilder::buildGroupByFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
Returns the GROUP BY clauses ready for inserting into a query.
DBQueryBuilder::buildHavingFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
Returns the HAVING clauses ready for inserting into a query.
DBQueryBuilder::buildLimitFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
Return the LIMIT clause ready for inserting into a query.
DataList::byIDs() — Method in class DataList
Filter this list to only contain the given Primary IDs
DataList::byID() — Method in class DataList
Return the first DataObject with the given ID
DataObject::belongs_to() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::belongsTo() — Method in class DataObject
Returns the class of a remote belongs_to relationship. If no component is specified a map of all components and their class name will be returned.
DataObject::belongsToComponent() — Method in class DataObject
Return data for a specific belongs_to component.
DataObject::baseTable() — Method in class DataObject
Get the name of the base table for this object
DatabaseAdmin::build() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
Updates the database schema, creating tables & fields as necessary.
DatabaseAdmin::buildDefaults() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
Build the default data, calling requireDefaultRecords on all DataObject classes
DebugView::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class DebugView
Generate breadcrumb links to the URL path being displayed
DevBuildController::build() — Method in class DevBuildController
DevelopmentAdmin::buildDefaults() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
Build the default data, calling requireDefaultRecords on all DataObject classes Should match the $url_handlers rule: 'build/defaults' => 'buildDefaults',
Director::baseURL() — Method in class Director
Returns the root URL for the site.
Director::baseFolder() — Method in class Director
Returns the root filesystem folder for the site.
Email::Body() — Method in class Email
Email::Bcc() — Method in class Email
Email::BaseURL() — Method in class Email
Email::bcc_all_emails_to() — Method in class Email
BCC every email generated by the Email class to the given address.
Form::buttonClicked() — Method in class Form
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
CMS-specific functionality: Passes through navigation breadcrumbs to the template, and includes the currently edited record (if any).
JSTestRunner::browse() — Method in class JSTestRunner
Browse all enabled test cases in the environment
LeftAndMain::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::batchactions() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Batch Actions Handler
LeftAndMain::BatchActionsForm() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::BaseCSSClasses() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Same as {@link ViewableData->CSSClasses()}, but with a changed name to avoid problems when using {@link ViewableData->customise()} (which always returns "ArrayData" from the $original object).
ModelAdmin::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class ModelAdmin
MySQLQueryBuilder::buildLimitFragment() — Method in class MySQLQueryBuilder
Return the LIMIT clause ready for inserting into a query.
MySQLSchemaManager::boolean() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return a boolean type-formatted string
MySQLSchemaManager::bigint() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return a bigint type-formatted string
MySQLiConnector::bindParameters() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Binds a list of parameters to a statement
PDOConnector::bindParameters() — Method in class PDOConnector
Bind all parameters to a PDOStatement
ReportAdmin::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class ReportAdmin
Returns the Breadcrumbs for the ReportAdmin
Requirements::backend() — Method in class Requirements
Requirements::block() — Method in class Requirements
Block inclusion of a specific file
Requirements_Backend::block() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Block inclusion of a specific file
RestfulService::basicAuth() — Method in class RestfulService
Set basic authentication
SS_Backtrace::backtrace() — Method in class SS_Backtrace
Render or return a backtrace from the given scope.
SS_ConfigManifest::buildVariantKeySpec() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
Builds the variant key spec - the list of values that need to be build to give a key that uniquely identifies this variant.
SS_ConfigManifest::buildYamlConfigVariant() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
Calculates which yaml config fragments are applicable in this variant, and merge those all together into the $this->yamlConfig propperty
SS_Database::beginSchemaUpdate() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_ListDecorator::byID() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
Return the first item with the given ID
SS_ListDecorator::byIDs() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
Filter this list to only contain the given Primary IDs
SS_ReportWrapper::beforeQuery() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
Override this method to perform some actions prior to querying.
SapphireInfo::BaseURL() — Method in class SapphireInfo
Security::basicauthlogin() — Method in class Security
SecurityAdmin::Backlink() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
Disable GridFieldDetailForm backlinks for this view, as its
SecurityAdmin::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
SiteConfigLeftAndMain::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class SiteConfigLeftAndMain
SiteTree::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class SiteTree
Return a breadcrumb trail to this page. Excludes "hidden" pages (with ShowInMenus=0) by default.
SiteTree::batch_permission_check() — Method in class SiteTree
This method is NOT a full replacement for the individual can*() methods, e.g. {@link canEdit()}. Rather than checking (potentially slow) PHP logic, it relies on the database group associations, e.g. the "CanEditType" field plus the "SiteTree_EditorGroups" many-many table. By batch checking multiple records, we can combine the queries efficiently.
SiteTreeFileExtension::BackLinkHTMLList() — Method in class SiteTreeFileExtension
Generate an HTML list which provides links to where a file is used.
SiteTreeFileExtension::BackLinkTracking() — Method in class SiteTreeFileExtension
Extend through {@link updateBackLinkTracking()} in your own {@link Extension}.
SiteTreeFileExtension::BackLinkTrackingCount() — Method in class SiteTreeFileExtension
TestRunner::build() — Method in class TestRunner
Run test classes that should be run before build - i.e., everything possible.
TestRunner::browse() — Method in class TestRunner
Browse all enabled test cases in the environment
Text::BigSummary() — Method in class Text
Performs the same function as the big summary, but doesn't trim new paragraphs off data.
Versioned::baseTable() — Method in class Versioned
Return the base table - the class that directly extends DataObject.
ViewableData::buildCastingCache() — Method in class ViewableData
Save the casting cache for this object (including data from any failovers) into a variable
$i18nTextCollectorProperty in class i18nTextCollector
The directory base on which the collector should act.
$i18nTextCollectorProperty in class i18nTextCollector
Save path

C

ArrayList::count() — Method in class ArrayList
Return the number of items in this list
ArrayList::column() — Method in class ArrayList
Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.
ArrayList::canSortBy() — Method in class ArrayList
You can always sort a ArrayList
ArrayList::canFilterBy() — Method in class ArrayList
Returns true if the given column can be used to filter the records.
AssetAdmin::currentPageID() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Return fake-ID 0 (root) if no ID is found (needed to upload files into the root-folder)
AssetAdmin::currentPage() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Custom currentPage() method to handle opening the 'root' folder
BehatFixtureFactory::createObject() — Method in class BehatFixtureFactory
Writes the fixture into the database using DataObjects
BrokenFilesReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenFilesReport
BrokenLinksReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenLinksReport
BrokenRedirectorPagesReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenRedirectorPagesReport
BrokenVirtualPagesReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenVirtualPagesReport
$BulkLoaderProperty in class BulkLoader
Map columns to DataObject-properties.
BulkLoader_Result::Count() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
Returns the count of all objects which were created or updated.
BulkLoader_Result::CreatedCount() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
BulkLoader_Result::Created() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
Returns all created objects. Each object might contain specific importer feedback in the "_BulkLoaderMessage" property.
CMSBatchActionClass in namespace
A class representing back actions.
CMSBatchAction::canView() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
If you wish to restrict the batch action to some users, overload this function.
CMSBatchActionHandlerClass in namespace
Special request handler for admin/batchaction
CMSBatchAction_ArchiveClass in namespace
Archives a page, removing it from both live and stage
CMSBatchAction_DeleteClass in namespace
Delete items batch action.
CMSBatchAction_DeleteFromLiveClass in namespace
Unpublish (delete from live site) items batch action.
CMSBatchAction_PublishClass in namespace
Publish items batch action.
CMSBatchAction_RestoreClass in namespace
Batch restore of pages
CMSBatchAction_UnpublishClass in namespace
Unpublish items batch action.
CMSFileAddControllerClass in namespace
CMSFileAddController::currentPage() — Method in class CMSFileAddController
Custom currentPage() method to handle opening the 'root' folder
CMSFileAddController::currentPageID() — Method in class CMSFileAddController
Return fake-ID "root" if no ID is found (needed to upload files into the root-folder)
CMSFormClass in namespace
Deals with special form handling in CMS, mainly around {@link PjaxResponseNegotiator}
CMSMainClass in namespace
The main "content" area of the CMS.
CMSMain::childfilter() — Method in class CMSMain
Callback to request the list of page types allowed under a given page instance.
CMSMain::currentPageID() — Method in class CMSMain
Get the page id from this request
CMSMemberLoginFormClass in namespace
Provides the in-cms session re-authentication form for the "member" authenticator
CMSMenuClass in namespace
The object manages the main CMS menu. See {@link LeftAndMain::init()} for example usage.
CMSMenu::clear_menu() — Method in class CMSMenu
Clears the entire menu
CMSMenuItemClass in namespace
A simple CMS menu item.
$CMSMenuItemProperty in class CMSMenuItem
Parent controller class name
CMSPageAddControllerClass in namespace
CMSPageEditControllerClass in namespace
CMSPageHistoryControllerClass in namespace
CMSPageHistoryController::compare() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
CMSPageHistoryController::CompareVersionsForm() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
CMSPageSettingsControllerClass in namespace
CMSPagesControllerClass in namespace
CMSPreviewableClass in namespace
Interface to provide enough information about a record to make it previewable through the CMS. It uses the record database ID, its "frontend" and "backend" links to link up the edit form with its preview.
CMSPreviewable::CMSEditLink() — Method in class CMSPreviewable
CMSProfileControllerClass in namespace
CMSProfileController::canView() — Method in class CMSProfileController
CMSSecurityClass in namespace
Provides a security interface functionality within the cms
CMSSettingsControllerClass in namespace
CMSSiteTreeFilterClass in namespace
Base class for filtering the subtree for certain node statuses.
CMSSiteTreeFilter_ChangedPagesClass in namespace
Gets all pages which have changed on stage.
CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPagesClass in namespace
Works a bit different than the other filters: Shows all pages including those deleted from stage and live.
CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPagesClass in namespace
This filter will display the SiteTree as a site visitor might see the site, i.e only the pages that is currently published.
CMSSiteTreeFilter_SearchClass in namespace
CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPagesClass in namespace
Filters pages which have a status "Deleted".
CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDraftPagesClass in namespace
Filters pages which have a status "Draft".
CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusRemovedFromDraftPagesClass in namespace
Filters pages which have a status "Removed from Draft".
CSSContentParserClass in namespace
CSSContentParser enables parsing & assertion running of HTML content via CSS selectors.
CSVParserClass in namespace
Class to handle parsing of CSV files, where the column headers are in the first row.
CSVParser::current() — Method in class CSVParser
CacheProxyClass in namespace
A decorator for a Zend_Cache_Backend cache service that mutates cache keys dynamically depending on versioned state
CacheProxy::clean() — Method in class CacheProxy
ChangePasswordFormClass in namespace
Standard Change Password Form
CheckboxFieldClass in namespace
Single checkbox field.
CheckboxField_ReadonlyClass in namespace
Readonly version of a checkbox field - "Yes" or "No".
CheckboxSetFieldClass in namespace
Displays a set of checkboxes as a logical group.
ClassInfoClass in namespace
Provides introspection information about the class tree.
ClassInfo::class_name() — Method in class ClassInfo
Convert a class name in any case and return it as it was defined in PHP
ClassInfo::classImplements() — Method in class ClassInfo
Returns true if the given class implements the given interface
ClassInfo::classes_for_file() — Method in class ClassInfo
Get all classes contained in a file.
ClassInfo::classes_for_folder() — Method in class ClassInfo
Returns all classes contained in a certain folder.
CleanImageManipulationCacheClass in namespace
Wipe the cache of failed image manipulations. When {@link GDBackend} attempts to resample an image, it will write the attempted manipulation to the cache and remove it from the cache if the resample is successful. The objective of the cache is to prevent fatal errors (for example from exceeded memory limits) from occurring more than once.
CliControllerClass in namespace
Base class invoked from CLI rather than the webserver (Cron jobs, handling email bounces).
CliDebugViewClass in namespace
A basic HTML wrapper for stylish rendering of a developement info view.
CliTestReporterClass in namespace
Test reporter optimised for CLI (ie, plain-text) output
ComparisonFilterClass in namespace
Base class for creating comparison filters, eg; greater than, less than, greater than or equal, etc
CompositeDBFieldClass in namespace
Apply this interface to any {@link DBField} that doesn't have a 1-1 mapping with a database field.
CompositeDBField::compositeDatabaseFields() — Method in class CompositeDBField
Return array in the format of {@link $composite_db}.
CompositeFieldClass in namespace
Base class for all fields that contain other fields.
CompositeField::collateDataFields() — Method in class CompositeField
Add all of the non-composite fields contained within this field to the list.
ConfigClass in namespace
The configuration system works like this:
Config::check_value_contained_in_suppress_array() — Method in class Config
Config_ForClassClass in namespace
Config_LRUClass in namespace
Config_LRU::checkAndGet() — Method in class Config_LRU
Checks for a cache hit and looks up the value by returning multiple values.
Config_LRU::clean() — Method in class Config_LRU
Config_MemCacheClass in namespace
Config_MemCache::checkAndGet() — Method in class Config_MemCache
Checks for a cache hit and returns the value as a multi-value return
Config_MemCache::clean() — Method in class Config_MemCache
ConfirmedPasswordFieldClass in namespace
Two masked input fields, checks for matching passwords.
$ConfirmedPasswordFieldProperty in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Allow empty fields in serverside validation
$ConfirmedPasswordFieldProperty in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Child fields (_Password, _ConfirmPassword)
ContentControllerClass in namespace
The most common kind of controller; effectively a controller linked to a {@link DataObject}.
ContentController::ChildrenOf() — Method in class ContentController
Return the children of a given page. The parent reference can either be a page link or an ID.
ContentController::ContentLocale() — Method in class ContentController
Returns an RFC1766 compliant locale string, e.g. 'fr-CA'.
ContentControllerSearchExtensionClass in namespace
Extension to provide a search interface when applied to ContentController
ContentNegotiatorClass in namespace
The content negotiator performs "text/html" or "application/xhtml+xml" switching.
ControllerClass in namespace
Base controller class.
Controller::curr() — Method in class Controller
Returns the current controller
Controller::can() — Method in class Controller
Returns true if the member is allowed to do the given action.
ConvertClass in namespace
Library of conversion functions, implemented as static methods.
CookieClass in namespace
A set of static methods for manipulating cookies.
CookieJarClass in namespace
A default backend for the setting and getting of cookies
Cookie_BackendClass in namespace
The Cookie_Backend interface for use with Cookie::$inst.
CountryDropdownFieldClass in namespace
A simple extension to dropdown field, pre-configured to list countries.
CreditCardFieldClass in namespace
Allows input of credit card numbers via four separate form fields, including generic validation of its numeric values.
CsvBulkLoaderClass in namespace
Utility class to facilitate complex CSV-imports by defining column-mappings and custom converters.
CurrencyClass in namespace
Represents a decimal field containing a currency amount.
CurrencyFieldClass in namespace
Renders a text field, validating its input as a currency.
CurrencyField_DisabledClass in namespace
Readonly version of a {@link CurrencyField}.
CurrencyField_ReadonlyClass in namespace
Readonly version of a {@link CurrencyField}.
CurrentPageIdentifierClass in namespace
This interface lets us set up objects that will tell us what the current page is.
CurrentPageIdentifier::currentPageID() — Method in class CurrentPageIdentifier
Get the current page ID.
DB::connect() — Method in class DB
Connect to a database.
DB::connection_attempted() — Method in class DB
Returns true if a database connection has been attempted.
DB::create_database() — Method in class DB
Create the database and connect to it. This can be called if the initial database connection is not successful because the database does not exist.
DB::createDatabase() — Method in class DB
DB::create_table() — Method in class DB
Create a new table.
DB::createTable() — Method in class DB
DB::create_field() — Method in class DB
Create a new field on a table.
DB::createField() — Method in class DB
DB::check_and_repair_table() — Method in class DB
Checks a table's integrity and repairs it if necessary.
DB::checkAndRepairTable() — Method in class DB
DBConnector::connect() — Method in class DBConnector
Link this connector to the database given the specified parameters Will throw an exception rather than return a success state.
DBField::create_field() — Method in class DBField
Create a DBField object that's not bound to any particular field.
DBSchemaManager::cancelSchemaUpdate() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Cancels the schema updates requested during (but not after) schemaUpdate() call.
DBSchemaManager::checkAndRepairTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Checks a table's integrity and repairs it if necessary.
DBSchemaManager::createDatabase() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Create a database with the specified name
DBSchemaManager::createTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Create a new table.
DBSchemaManager::createField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Create a new field on a table.
DBSchemaManager::clearCachedFieldlist() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
This allows the cached values for a table's field list to be erased.
DataDifferencer::ChangedFields() — Method in class DataDifferencer
Get a SS_List of the changed fields.
DataDifferencer::changedFieldNames() — Method in class DataDifferencer
Get an array of the names of every fields that has changed.
DataExtension::can() — Method in class DataExtension
DataExtension::canEdit() — Method in class DataExtension
DataExtension::canDelete() — Method in class DataExtension
DataExtension::canCreate() — Method in class DataExtension
DataFormatter::convertDataObject() — Method in class DataFormatter
Convert a single data object to this format. Return a string.
DataFormatter::convertDataObjectSet() — Method in class DataFormatter
Convert a data object set to this format. Return a string.
DataFormatter::convertStringToArray() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataList::canSortBy() — Method in class DataList
Returns true if this DataList can be sorted by the given field.
DataList::canFilterBy() — Method in class DataList
Returns true if this DataList can be filtered by the given field.
DataList::count() — Method in class DataList
Return the number of items in this DataList
DataList::column() — Method in class DataList
Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.
$DataObjectProperty in class DataObject
Static caches used by relevant functions.
DataObject::clear_classname_spec_cache() — Method in class DataObject
Clear all cached classname specs. It's necessary to clear all cached subclassed names for any classes if a new class manifest is generated.
DataObject::custom_database_fields() — Method in class DataObject
Get all database columns explicitly defined on a class in {@link DataObject::$db} and {@link DataObject::$has_one}. Resolves instances of {@link CompositeDBField} into the actual database fields, rather than the name of the field which might not equate a database column.
DataObject::composite_fields() — Method in class DataObject
Returns a list of all the composite if the given db field on the class is a composite field.
DataObject::castedUpdate() — Method in class DataObject
Pass changes as a map, and try to get automatic casting for these fields.
DataObject::castingHelper() — Method in class DataObject
Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object.
DataObject::can() — Method in class DataObject
Returns true if the member is allowed to do the given action.
DataObject::canView() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::canEdit() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::canDelete() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::canCreate() — Method in class DataObject
DataQuery::count() — Method in class DataQuery
Return the number of records in this query.
DataQuery::conjunctiveGroup() — Method in class DataQuery
Create a conjunctive subgroup
DataQuery::column() — Method in class DataQuery
Query the given field column from the database and return as an array.
DataQuery_SubGroup::conditionSQL() — Method in class DataQuery_SubGroup
Determines the resulting SQL along with parameters for the group
DatabaseAdmin::clearAllData() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
Clear all data out of the database
DatabaseAdmin::cleanup() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
Remove invalid records from tables - that is, records that don't have corresponding records in their parent class tables.
DateField::castedCopy() — Method in class DateField
Returns another instance of this field, but "cast" to a different class. The logic tries to retain all of the instance properties, and may be overloaded by subclasses to set additional ones.
DateField_View_JQuery::convert_iso_to_jquery_format() — Method in class DateField_View_JQuery
Convert iso to jquery UI date format.
Debug::caller() — Method in class Debug
Returns the caller for a specific method
Debug::create_debug_view() — Method in class Debug
Create an instance of an appropriate DebugView object.
Diff::cleanHTML() — Method in class Diff
Attempt to clean invalid HTML, which messes up diffs.
Diff::compareHTML() — Method in class Diff
DropdownField::castedCopy() — Method in class DropdownField
Returns another instance of this field, but "cast" to a different class.
Email::Cc() — Method in class Email
Email::cc_all_emails_to() — Method in class Email
CC every email generated by the Email class to the given address.
EmptyPagesReport::columns() — Method in class EmptyPagesReport
ErrorPage::canAddChildren() — Method in class ErrorPage
$ExtensionProperty in class Extension
Extension::clearOwner() — Method in class Extension
FieldList::changeFieldOrder() — Method in class FieldList
Change the order of fields in this FieldList by specifying an ordered list of field names.
File::canView() — Method in class File
File::canEdit() — Method in class File
Returns true if the following conditions are met: - CMS_ACCESS_AssetAdmin
File::canCreate() — Method in class File
File::canDelete() — Method in class File
File::CMSThumbnail() — Method in class File
File::collateDescendants() — Method in class File
Collate selected descendants of this page.
FixtureBlueprint::createObject() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
FixtureFactory::createObject() — Method in class FixtureFactory
Writes the fixture into the database using DataObjects
FixtureFactory::createRaw() — Method in class FixtureFactory
Writes the fixture into the database directly using a database manipulation.
FixtureFactory::clear() — Method in class FixtureFactory
Remove all fixtures previously defined through {@link createObject()} or {@link createRaw()}, both from the internal fixture mapping and the database.
Folder::constructChild() — Method in class Folder
Construct a child of this Folder with the given name.
Folder::ChildFolders() — Method in class Folder
Get the children of this folder that are also folders.
Folder::CMSTreeClasses() — Method in class Folder
Form::checkAccessAction() — Method in class Form
Form::Controller() — Method in class Form
Returns this form's controller.
Form::clearMessage() — Method in class Form
Form::callfieldmethod() — Method in class Form
Call the given method on the given field.
Form::current_action() — Method in class Form
Return the current form action being called, if available.
FormEncodedDataFormatter::convertStringToArray() — Method in class FormEncodedDataFormatter
FormField::create_tag() — Method in class FormField
Construct and return HTML tag.
FormField::createTag() — Method in class FormField
FormField::castedCopy() — Method in class FormField
Returns another instance of this field, but "cast" to a different class. The logic tries to retain all of the instance properties, and may be overloaded by subclasses to set additional ones.
FormField::canSubmitValue() — Method in class FormField
Determine if the value of this formfield accepts front-end submitted values and is saveable.
FunctionalTest::content() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Return the most recent content
FunctionalTest::cssParser() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Return a CSSContentParser for the most recent content.
GDBackend::checkAvailableMemory() — Method in class GDBackend
Check if we've got enough memory available for resampling this image. This check is rough, so it will not catch all images that are too large - it also won't work accurately on large, animated GIFs as bits per pixel can't be calculated for an animated GIF with a global color table.
GDBackend::croppedResize() — Method in class GDBackend
Resize an image to cover the given width/height completely, and crop off any overhanging edges.
GDBackend::crop() — Method in class GDBackend
Crop's part of image.
GDBackend::color_web2gd() — Method in class GDBackend
Group::collateFamilyIDs() — Method in class Group
Return a set of this record's "family" of IDs - the IDs of this record and all its descendants.
Group::collateAncestorIDs() — Method in class Group
Returns an array of the IDs of this group and all its parents
Group::cmsCleanup_parentChanged() — Method in class Group
This isn't a decendant of SiteTree, but needs this in case the group is "reorganised";
Group::canEdit() — Method in class Group
Checks for permission-code CMS_ACCESS_SecurityAdmin.
Group::canView() — Method in class Group
Checks for permission-code CMS_ACCESS_SecurityAdmin.
Group::canDelete() — Method in class Group
$HTMLCleanerProperty in class HTMLCleaner
HTMLCleaner::cleanHTML() — Method in class HTMLCleaner
Passed a string, return HTML that has been tidied.
Hierarchy::Children() — Method in class Hierarchy
Get the children for this DataObject.
Image::CropWidth() — Method in class Image
Crop image on X axis if it exceeds specified width. Retain height.
Image::CropHeight() — Method in class Image
Crop image on Y axis if it exceeds specified height. Retain width.
Image::CMSThumbnail() — Method in class Image
Resize this image for the CMS. Use in templates with $CMSThumbnail
Image::cacheFilename() — Method in class Image
Return the filename for the cached image, given its format name and arguments.
Image::CroppedImage() — Method in class Image
Generate a resized copy of this image with the given width & height, cropping to maintain aspect ratio.
Image_Backend::croppedResize() — Method in class Image_Backend
croppedResize
ImagickBackend::calculateAlphaHex() — Method in class ImagickBackend
Convert a percentage (or 'true') to a two char hex code to signifiy the level of an alpha channel
ImagickBackend::croppedResize() — Method in class ImagickBackend
croppedResize
ImagickBackend::crop() — Method in class ImagickBackend
Crop's part of image.
InjectionCreator::create() — Method in class InjectionCreator
Creates a new service instance.
Injector::convertServiceProperty() — Method in class Injector
Recursively convert a value into its proper representation with service references resolved to actual objects
Injector::create() — Method in class Injector
Similar to get() but always returns a new object of the given type
Injector::createWithArgs() — Method in class Injector
Creates an object with the supplied argument array
JSONDataFormatter::convertDataObject() — Method in class JSONDataFormatter
Generate a JSON representation of the given {@link DataObject}.
JSONDataFormatter::convertDataObjectToJSONObject() — Method in class JSONDataFormatter
Internal function to do the conversion of a single data object. It builds an empty object and dynamically adds the properties it needs to it. If it's done as a nested array, json_encode or equivalent won't use JSON object notation { .
JSONDataFormatter::convertDataObjectSet() — Method in class JSONDataFormatter
Generate a JSON representation of the given {@link SS_List}.
JSONDataFormatter::convertStringToArray() — Method in class JSONDataFormatter
LeftAndMain::canView() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::Content() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::CanOrganiseSitetree() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::currentPageID() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Identifier for the currently shown record, in most cases a database ID. Inspects the following sources (in this order): - GET/POST parameter named 'ID' - URL parameter named 'ID' - Session value namespaced by classname, e.g. "CMSMain.currentPage"
LeftAndMain::currentPage() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Uses {@link getRecord()} and {@link currentPageID()} to get the currently selected record.
LeftAndMain::CMSVersion() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Return the version number of the core packages making up this application, using the {@link SilverStripeVersionProvider}.
ManifestCache::clear() — Method in class ManifestCache
ManifestCache_APC::clear() — Method in class ManifestCache_APC
ManifestCache_File::clear() — Method in class ManifestCache_File
Member::checkPassword() — Method in class Member
Check if the passed password matches the stored one (if the member is not locked out).
Member::canLogIn() — Method in class Member
Returns a valid {@link ValidationResult} if this member can currently log in, or an invalid one with error messages to display if the member is locked out.
Member::currentUser() — Method in class Member
Returns the current logged in user
Member::currentUserID() — Method in class Member
Get the ID of the current logged in user
Member::create_new_password() — Method in class Member
Member::canView() — Method in class Member
Users can view their own record.
Member::canEdit() — Method in class Member
Users can edit their own record.
Member::canDelete() — Method in class Member
Users can edit their own record.
Member::changePassword() — Method in class Member
Change password. This will cause rehashing according to the PasswordEncryption property.
MemberPassword::checkPassword() — Method in class MemberPassword
Check if the given password is the same as the one stored in this record.
ModelAsController::controller_for() — Method in class ModelAsController
Get the appropriate {@link ContentController} for handling a {@link SiteTree} object, link it to the object and return it.
Money::compositeDatabaseFields() — Method in class Money
Return array in the format of {@link $composite_db}.
MySQLDatabase::connect() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Instruct the database to generate a live connection
MySQLDatabase::comparisonClause() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Generate a WHERE clause for text matching.
MySQLDatabase::canLock() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Returns if the lock is available.
MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::checkValidDatabaseName() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
Determines if a given database name is a valid Silverstripe name.
MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::checkDatabasePermissionGrant() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
Checks if a specified grant proves that the current user has the specified permission on the specified database
MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::checkDatabasePermission() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
Checks if the current user has the specified permission on the specified database
MySQLSchemaManager::createTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Create a new table.
MySQLSchemaManager::checkAndRepairTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Checks a table's integrity and repairs it if necessary.
MySQLSchemaManager::createField() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Create a new field on a table.
MySQLSchemaManager::createDatabase() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Create a database with the specified name
MySQLSchemaManager::createIndex() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Create an index on a table.
MySQLiConnector::connect() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Link this connector to the database given the specified parameters Will throw an exception rather than return a success state.
NullSecurityToken::check() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
NullSecurityToken::checkRequest() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
PDOConnector::connect() — Method in class PDOConnector
Link this connector to the database given the specified parameters Will throw an exception rather than return a success state.
PaginatedList::CurrentPage() — Method in class PaginatedList
PasswordEncryptor::create_for_algorithm() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor
PasswordEncryptor::check() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor
This usually just returns a strict string comparison, but is necessary for retain compatibility with password hashed with flawed algorithms - see {@link PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash} and {@link PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish}
PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::checkAEncryptionLevel() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
The algorithm returned by using '$2a$' is not consistent - it might be either the correct (y), incorrect (x) or mostly-correct (a) version, depending on the version of PHP and the operating system, so we need to test it.
PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::check() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
This usually just returns a strict string comparison, but is necessary for retain compatibility with password hashed with flawed algorithms - see {@link PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash} and {@link PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish}
PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash::check() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash
This usually just returns a strict string comparison, but is necessary for retain compatibility with password hashed with flawed algorithms - see {@link PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash} and {@link PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish}
PasswordValidator::characterStrength() — Method in class PasswordValidator
Check the character strength of the password.
PasswordValidator::checkHistoricalPasswords() — Method in class PasswordValidator
Check a number of previous passwords that the user has used, and don't let them change to that.
Permission::check() — Method in class Permission
Check that the current member has the given permission.
Permission::checkMember() — Method in class Permission
Check that the given member has the given permission.
PermissionRole::canView() — Method in class PermissionRole
PermissionRole::canCreate() — Method in class PermissionRole
PermissionRole::canEdit() — Method in class PermissionRole
PermissionRole::canDelete() — Method in class PermissionRole
PermissionRole::Codes() — Method in class PermissionRole
List of PermissionRoleCode objects
PermissionRoleCode::canCreate() — Method in class PermissionRoleCode
PermissionRoleCode::canEdit() — Method in class PermissionRoleCode
PermissionRoleCode::canDelete() — Method in class PermissionRoleCode
PolymorphicForeignKey::clear_classname_spec_cache() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
Clear all cached classname specs. It's necessary to clear all cached subclassed names for any classes if a new class manifest is generated.
PolymorphicForeignKey::compositeDatabaseFields() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
Return array in the format of {@link $composite_db}.
$ProfilerProperty in class Profiler
$ProfilerProperty in class Profiler
PurifierHTMLCleaner::cleanHTML() — Method in class PurifierHTMLCleaner
Passed a string, return HTML that has been tidied.
ReadonlyField::castingHelper() — Method in class ReadonlyField
This is a legacy fix to ensure that the dontEscape flag has an impact on readonly fields now that we've moved to casting template values more rigidly
RecentlyEditedReport::columns() — Method in class RecentlyEditedReport
RedirectorPage::ContentSource() — Method in class RedirectorPage
Returns this page if the redirect is external, otherwise returns the target page.
RedirectorPage_Controller::Content() — Method in class RedirectorPage_Controller
If we ever get this far, it means that the redirection failed.
ReportAdmin::canView() — Method in class ReportAdmin
Does the parent permission checks, but also makes sure that instantiatable subclasses of {@link Report} exist. By default, the CMS doesn't include any Reports, so there's no point in showing
RequestHandler::checkAccessAction() — Method in class RequestHandler
Check that the given action is allowed to be called from a URL.
Requirements::customScript() — Method in class Requirements
Register the given JavaScript code into the list of requirements
Requirements::customCSS() — Method in class Requirements
Register the given CSS styles into the list of requirements
Requirements::css() — Method in class Requirements
Register the given stylesheet into the list of requirements.
Requirements::clear() — Method in class Requirements
Clear either a single or all requirements
Requirements::combine_files() — Method in class Requirements
Concatenate several css or javascript files into a single dynamically generated file. This increases performance by fewer HTTP requests.
Requirements::clear_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements
Re-sets the combined files definition. See {@link Requirements_Backend::clear_combined_files()}
$Requirements_BackendProperty in class Requirements_Backend
A list of combined files registered via {@link combine_files()}. Keys are the output file names, values are lists of input files.
$Requirements_BackendProperty in class Requirements_Backend
Use the JSMin library to minify any javascript file passed to {@link combine_files()}.
Requirements_Backend::customScript() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Register the given JavaScript code into the list of requirements
Requirements_Backend::customCSS() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Register the given CSS styles into the list of requirements
Requirements_Backend::css() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Register the given stylesheet into the list of requirements.
Requirements_Backend::clear() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Clear either a single or all requirements
Requirements_Backend::combine_files() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Concatenate several css or javascript files into a single dynamically generated file. This increases performance by fewer HTTP requests.
Requirements_Backend::clear_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Clear all registered CSS and JavaScript file combinations
RestfulService::curlRequest() — Method in class RestfulService
Actually performs a remote service request using curl. This is used by {@link RestfulService::request()}.
SQLAssignmentRow::clear() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
Clears all assignment values
SQLConditionGroup::conditionSQL() — Method in class SQLConditionGroup
Determines the resulting SQL along with parameters for the group
SQLDelete::create() — Method in class SQLDelete
Construct a new SQLDelete.
SQLInsert::create() — Method in class SQLInsert
Construct a new SQLInsert object
SQLInsert::currentRow() — Method in class SQLInsert
Returns the currently set row
SQLInsert::clearRow() — Method in class SQLInsert
Clears all currently set assigment values on the current row
SQLInsert::clear() — Method in class SQLInsert
Clears all rows
SQLSelect::create() — Method in class SQLSelect
Construct a new SQLSelect.
SQLSelect::canSortBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
Returns true if this query can be sorted by the given field.
SQLSelect::count() — Method in class SQLSelect
Return the number of rows in this query, respecting limit and offset.
SQLUpdate::create() — Method in class SQLUpdate
Construct a new SQLUpdate object
SQLUpdate::clear() — Method in class SQLUpdate
Clears all currently set assigment values
SSTemplateParser::construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
Override the function that constructs the result arrays to also prepare a 'php' item in the array
SSTemplateParser::CallArguments_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
Values are bare words in templates, but strings in PHP. We rely on PHP's type conversion to back-convert strings to numbers when needed.
SSTemplateParser::Comparison_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Comparison_ComparisonOperator() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlockArgument_DollarMarkedLookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlockArgument_QuotedString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlockArgument_Lookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlockArguments_CacheBlockArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheRestrictedTemplate_CacheBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheRestrictedTemplate_UncachedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_CacheBlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_Condition() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_CacheBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_UncachedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_CacheBlockTemplate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
As mentioned in the parser comment, block handling is kept fairly generic for extensibility. The match rule builds up two important elements in the match result array: 'ArgumentCount' - how many arguments were passed in the opening tag 'Arguments' an array of the Argument match rule result arrays
SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock_BlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock_Handle_Loop() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
This is an example of a block handler function. This one handles the loop tag.
SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock_Handle_Control() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
The deprecated closed block handler for control blocks
SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock_Handle_With() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
The closed block handler for with blocks
SSTemplateParser::Comment__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::compileString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
Compiles some passed template source code into the php code that will execute as per the template source.
SSTemplateParser::compileFile() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
Compiles some file that contains template source code, and returns the php code that will execute as per that source
SSViewer::current_theme() — Method in class SSViewer
SSViewer::current_custom_theme() — Method in class SSViewer
SS_ClassLoader::classExists() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader
Returns true if a class or interface name exists in the manifest.
SS_DAG_Iterator::current() — Method in class SS_DAG_Iterator
SS_Database::clearAllData() — Method in class SS_Database
Clear all data out of the database
SS_Database::clearTable() — Method in class SS_Database
Clear all data in a given table
SS_Database::comparisonClause() — Method in class SS_Database
Generate a WHERE clause for text matching.
SS_Database::canLock() — Method in class SS_Database
Returns if the lock is available.
SS_Database::connect() — Method in class SS_Database
Instruct the database to generate a live connection
SS_Database::createDatabase() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::createTable() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::createField() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::currentDatabase() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::cancelSchemaUpdate() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Datetime::clear_mock_now() — Method in class SS_Datetime
Clear any mocked date, which causes {@link Now()} to return the current system date.
SS_Filterable::canFilterBy() — Method in class SS_Filterable
Returns TRUE if the list can be filtered by a given field expression.
SS_List::column() — Method in class SS_List
Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.
SS_ListDecorator::Count() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
SS_ListDecorator::column() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.
SS_ListDecorator::canSortBy() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
Returns TRUE if the list can be sorted by a field.
SS_ListDecorator::canFilterBy() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
Returns TRUE if the list can be filtered by a given field expression.
SS_Log::clear_writers() — Method in class SS_Log
Remove all writers currently in use.
SS_Map::count() — Method in class SS_Map
Returns the count of items in the list including the additional items set through {@link SS_Map::push()} and {@link SS_Map::unshift}.
SS_Map_Iterator::current() — Method in class SS_Map_Iterator
Return the current element.
$SS_ObjectProperty in class SS_Object
SS_Object::config() — Method in class SS_Object
Get a configuration accessor for this class. Short hand for Config::inst()->get($this->class, .
SS_Object::create() — Method in class SS_Object
An implementation of the factory method, allows you to create an instance of a class
SS_Object::create_from_string() — Method in class SS_Object
Create an object from a string representation. It treats it as a PHP constructor without the 'new' keyword. It also manages to construct the object without the use of eval().
SS_Object::combined_static() — Method in class SS_Object
SS_Object::cacheToFile() — Method in class SS_Object
Cache the results of an instance method in this object to a file, or if it is already cache return the cached results
SS_Object::clearCache() — Method in class SS_Object
Clears the cache for the given cacheToFile call
SS_Query::column() — Method in class SS_Query
Return an array containing all the values from a specific column. If no column is set, then the first will be returned
SS_Query::current() — Method in class SS_Query
Iterator function implementation. Return the current item of the iterator.
SS_Report::canView() — Method in class SS_Report
SS_ReportWrapper::columns() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
SS_ReportWrapper::canView() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
SS_Sortable::canSortBy() — Method in class SS_Sortable
Returns TRUE if the list can be sorted by a field.
SS_ZendLog::clearWriters() — Method in class SS_ZendLog
Clear all writers in this logger.
SapphireTest::clearFixtures() — Method in class SapphireTest
Clear all fixtures which were previously loaded through {@link loadFixture()}
SapphireTest::clearEmails() — Method in class SapphireTest
Clear the log of emails sent
SapphireTest::create_temp_db() — Method in class SapphireTest
$SearchContextProperty in class SearchContext
The logical connective used to join WHERE clauses. Defaults to AND.
SearchContext::clearEmptySearchFields() — Method in class SearchContext
Callback map function to filter fields with empty values from being included in the search expression.
SearchForm::classesToSearch() — Method in class SearchForm
Set the classes to search.
Security::changepassword() — Method in class Security
Show the "change password" page.
Security::ChangePasswordForm() — Method in class Security
Factory method for the lost password form
Security::clear_default_admin() — Method in class Security
Flush the default admin credentials
Security::check_default_admin() — Method in class Security
Checks if the passed credentials are matching the default-admin.
SecurityAdmin::clear_hidden_permissions() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
Clear all permissions previously hidden with {@link add_hidden_permission}
SecurityToken::check() — Method in class SecurityToken
Checks for an existing CSRF token in the current users session.
SecurityToken::checkRequest() — Method in class SecurityToken
See {@link check()}.
Session::clear() — Method in class Session
Clear a given session key, value pair.
Session::clear_all() — Method in class Session
Clear all the values
ShortcodeParser::clear() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Remove all registered shortcodes.
ShortcodeParser::callShortcode() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Call a shortcode and return its replacement text Returns false if the shortcode isn't registered
SideReportWrapper::columns() — Method in class SideReportWrapper
SilverStripeInjectionCreator::create() — Method in class SilverStripeInjectionCreator
Creates a new service instance.
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink
Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.
IPUtils::checkIP() — Method in class IPUtils
Checks if an IPv4 or IPv6 address is contained in the list of given IPs or subnets.
IPUtils::checkIP4() — Method in class IPUtils
Compares two IPv4 addresses.
IPUtils::checkIP6() — Method in class IPUtils
Compares two IPv6 addresses.
Factory::create() — Method in class Factory
Creates a new service instance.
SiteConfig::CMSEditLink() — Method in class SiteConfig
SiteConfig::current_site_config() — Method in class SiteConfig
Get the current sites SiteConfig, and creates a new one through {@link make_site_config()} if none is found.
SiteConfig::canView() — Method in class SiteConfig
Can a user view this SiteConfig instance?
SiteConfig::canViewPages() — Method in class SiteConfig
Can a user view pages on this site? This method is only called if a page is set to Inherit, but there is nothing to inherit from.
SiteConfig::canEditPages() — Method in class SiteConfig
Can a user edit pages on this site? This method is only called if a page is set to Inherit, but there is nothing to inherit from, or on new records without a parent.
SiteConfig::canEdit() — Method in class SiteConfig
SiteConfig::canCreateTopLevel() — Method in class SiteConfig
Can a user create pages in the root of this site?
SiteConfig::CreateTopLevelGroups() — Method in class SiteConfig
List of groups that can create root-level pages.
SiteTree::CMSEditLink() — Method in class SiteTree
Generates a link to edit this page in the CMS.
SiteTree::can() — Method in class SiteTree
This function should return true if the current user can execute this action. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.
SiteTree::canAddChildren() — Method in class SiteTree
This function should return true if the current user can add children to this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.
SiteTree::canView() — Method in class SiteTree
This function should return true if the current user can view this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.
SiteTree::canDelete() — Method in class SiteTree
This function should return true if the current user can delete this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.
SiteTree::canCreate() — Method in class SiteTree
This function should return true if the current user can create new pages of this class, regardless of class. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.
SiteTree::canEdit() — Method in class SiteTree
This function should return true if the current user can edit this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.
SiteTree::canPublish() — Method in class SiteTree
This function should return true if the current user can publish this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.
SiteTree::canDeleteFromLive() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTree::can_edit_multiple() — Method in class SiteTree
Get the 'can edit' information for a number of SiteTree pages.
SiteTree::can_delete_multiple() — Method in class SiteTree
Get the 'can edit' information for a number of SiteTree pages.
SiteTree::collateDescendants() — Method in class SiteTree
Collate selected descendants of this page.
SiteTree::ContentSource() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns the object that contains the content that a user would associate with this page.
SiteTree::canArchive() — Method in class SiteTree
Check if the current user is allowed to archive this page.
SiteTree::CMSTreeClasses() — Method in class SiteTree
Return the CSS classes to apply to this node in the CMS tree.
SiteTreeExtension::canAddChildren() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension
Hook called to determine if a user may add children to this SiteTree object
SiteTreeExtension::canPublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension
Hook called to determine if a user may publish this SiteTree object
TabularStyle::CellFields() — Method in class TabularStyle
TabularStyle::CellActions() — Method in class TabularStyle
TemplateParser::compileString() — Method in class TemplateParser
Compiles some passed template source code into the php code that will execute as per the template source.
TestMailer::clearEmails() — Method in class TestMailer
Clear the log of emails sent
$TestRunnerProperty in class TestRunner
TestRunner::coverageAll() — Method in class TestRunner
Run a coverage test across all modules
TestRunner::coverageOnly() — Method in class TestRunner
Run only a single coverage test class or a comma-separated list of tests
TestRunner::coverageModule() — Method in class TestRunner
Run coverage tests for one or more "modules".
TestRunner::cleanupdb() — Method in class TestRunner
TestRunner::coverageSuite() — Method in class TestRunner
Give us some sweet code coverage reports for a particular suite.
TestSession::cssParser() — Method in class TestSession
Return a CSSContentParser containing the most recent response
Text::ContextSummary() — Method in class Text
Perform context searching to give some context to searches, optionally highlighting the search term.
TidyHTMLCleaner::cleanHTML() — Method in class TidyHTMLCleaner
Passed a string, return HTML that has been tidied.
TimeField::castedCopy() — Method in class TimeField
Returns another instance of this field, but "cast" to a different class. The logic tries to retain all of the instance properties, and may be overloaded by subclasses to set additional ones.
$ToggleFieldProperty in class ToggleField
UnsavedRelationList::changeToList() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Save all the items in this list into the RelationList
UnsavedRelationList::canFilterBy() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Returns true if the given column can be used to filter the records.
UnsavedRelationList::canSortBy() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Returns true if the given column can be used to sort the records.
UnsavedRelationList::column() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.
Upload::clearErrors() — Method in class Upload
Clear out all errors (mostly set by {loadUploaded()}) including the validator's errors
UploadField::canPreviewFolder() — Method in class UploadField
Determine if the target folder for new uploads in is visible the field UI.
UploadField::canUpload() — Method in class UploadField
Determine if the user has permission to upload.
UploadField::canAttachExisting() — Method in class UploadField
Determine if the user has permission to attach existing files By default returns true if the user has the CMS_ACCESS_AssetAdmin permission
Upload_Validator::clearErrors() — Method in class Upload_Validator
Clear out all errors
ValidationResult::codeList() — Method in class ValidationResult
Get an array of error codes
ValidationResult::combineAnd() — Method in class ValidationResult
Combine this Validation Result with the ValidationResult given in other.
Versioned::canView() — Method in class Versioned
Extend permissions to include additional security for objects that are not published to live.
Versioned::canViewVersioned() — Method in class Versioned
Determine if there are any additional restrictions on this object for the given reading version.
Versioned::canViewStage() — Method in class Versioned
Determines canView permissions for the latest version of this object on a specific stage.
Versioned::canBeVersioned() — Method in class Versioned
Determine if a table supports the Versioned extensions (e.g. $table_versions does exists).
Versioned::compareVersions() — Method in class Versioned
Compare two version, and return the differences between them.
Versioned::can_choose_site_stage() — Method in class Versioned
Determine if the current user is able to set the given site stage / archive
Versioned::choose_site_stage() — Method in class Versioned
Choose the stage the site is currently on: - If $_GET['stage'] is set, then it will use that stage, and store it in the session.
Versioned::current_stage() — Method in class Versioned
Get the current reading stage.
Versioned::current_archived_date() — Method in class Versioned
Get the current archive date.
Versioned::cacheKeyComponent() — Method in class Versioned
Returns a piece of text to keep DataObject cache keys appropriately specific.
ViewableData::castingObjectCreator() — Method in class ViewableData
Converts a field spec into an object creator. For example: "Int" becomes "new Int($fieldName);" and "Varchar(50)" becomes "new Varchar($fieldName, 50);".
ViewableData::castingObjectCreatorPair() — Method in class ViewableData
Convert a field schema (e.g. "Varchar(50)") into a casting object creator array that contains both a className and castingHelper constructor code. See {@link castingObjectCreator} for more information about the constructor.
ViewableData::customise() — Method in class ViewableData
Merge some arbitrary data in with this object. This method returns a {@link ViewableData_Customised} instance with references to both this and the new custom data.
ViewableData::castingHelperPair() — Method in class ViewableData
Get the class a field on this object would be casted to, as well as the casting helper for casting a field to an object (see {@link ViewableData::castingHelper()} for information on casting helpers).
ViewableData::castingHelper() — Method in class ViewableData
Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object.
ViewableData::castingClass() — Method in class ViewableData
Get the class name a field on this object will be casted to
ViewableData::cachedCall() — Method in class ViewableData
A simple wrapper around {@link ViewableData::obj()} that automatically caches the result so it can be used again without re-running the method.
ViewableData::CSSClasses() — Method in class ViewableData
Get part of the current classes ancestry to be used as a CSS class.
ViewableData_Customised::cachedCall() — Method in class ViewableData_Customised
A simple wrapper around {@link ViewableData::obj()} that automatically caches the result so it can be used again without re-running the method.
VirtualPage::CopyContentFrom() — Method in class VirtualPage
VirtualPage::ContentSource() — Method in class VirtualPage
VirtualPage::canPublish() — Method in class VirtualPage
We can only publish the page if there is a published source page
VirtualPage::canDeleteFromLive() — Method in class VirtualPage
Return true if we can delete this page from the live site, which is different from can we publish it.
VirtualPage::copyFrom() — Method in class VirtualPage
Ensure we have an up-to-date version of everything.
VirtualPage::CMSTreeClasses() — Method in class VirtualPage
VirtualPage::castingHelper() — Method in class VirtualPage
Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object.
XMLDataFormatter::convertDataObject() — Method in class XMLDataFormatter
Generate an XML representation of the given {@link DataObject}.
XMLDataFormatter::convertDataObjectWithoutHeader() — Method in class XMLDataFormatter
XMLDataFormatter::convertDataObjectSet() — Method in class XMLDataFormatter
Generate an XML representation of the given {@link SS_List}.
XMLDataFormatter::convertStringToArray() — Method in class XMLDataFormatter
i18n::convert_rfc1766() — Method in class i18n
Gets a RFC 1766 compatible language code, e.g. "en-US".
i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator::callGetChildren() — Method in class i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator
i18nTextCollector::collect() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
Extract all strings from modules and return these grouped by module name
i18nTextCollector::collectFromCode() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
Extracts translatables from .php files.
i18nTextCollector::collectFromTemplate() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
Extracts translatables from .ss templates (Self referencing)
i18nTextCollector::collectFromEntityProviders() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
Allows classes which implement i18nEntityProvider to provide additional translation strings.

D

ArrayList::dataClass() — Method in class ArrayList
Return the class of items in this list, by looking at the first item inside it.
ArrayList::debug() — Method in class ArrayList
AssetAdmin::delete() — Method in class AssetAdmin
AssetAdmin::doAdd() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Add a new group and return its details suitable for ajax.
AssetAdmin::doSync() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Can be queried with an ajax request to trigger the filesystem sync. It returns a FormResponse status message to display in the CMS
AssetAdmin::deleteunusedthumbnails() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Removes all unused thumbnails from the file store and returns the status of the process to the user.
BBCodeParser::disable_autolink_urls() — Method in class BBCodeParser
$BulkLoaderProperty in class BulkLoader
Specifies how to determine duplicates based on one or more provided fields in the imported data, matching to properties on the used {@link DataObject} class.
$BulkLoaderProperty in class BulkLoader
BulkLoader_Result::DeletedCount() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
BulkLoader_Result::Deleted() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
CMSMain::doSearch() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::deletefromlive() — Method in class CMSMain
Delete the page from live. This means a page in draft mode might still exist.
CMSMain::delete() — Method in class CMSMain
Delete the current page from draft stage.
CMSMain::doRollback() — Method in class CMSMain
Rolls a site back to a given version ID
CMSMain::duplicate() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::duplicatewithchildren() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMemberLoginForm::dologin() — Method in class CMSMemberLoginForm
Login form handler method
CMSPageAddController::doAdd() — Method in class CMSPageAddController
CMSPageAddController::doCancel() — Method in class CMSPageAddController
CMSPageHistoryController::doCompare() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
Process the {@link VersionsForm} compare function between two pages.
CMSPageHistoryController::doShowVersion() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
Process the {@link VersionsForm} show version function. Only requires one page to be selected.
ChangePasswordForm::doChangePassword() — Method in class ChangePasswordForm
Change the password
CheckboxField::dataValue() — Method in class CheckboxField
Returns the field value suitable for insertion into the data object.
CheckboxSetField::dataValue() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
Return the CheckboxSetField value as a string selected item keys.
ClassInfo::dataClassesFor() — Method in class ClassInfo
Returns an array of the current class and all its ancestors and children which require a DB table.
CompositeField::debug() — Method in class CompositeField
ContentController::data() — Method in class ContentController
Returns the associated database record
ContentController::deleteinstallfiles() — Method in class ContentController
ContentNegotiator::disable() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
Disable content negotiation for all templates, not just those with the xml header.
Controller::defaultAction() — Method in class Controller
This is the default action handler used if a method doesn't exist.
Controller::disableBasicAuth() — Method in class Controller
Call this to disable site-wide basic authentication for a specific contoller.
CreditCardField::dataValue() — Method in class CreditCardField
Returns the field value suitable for insertion into the data object.
$CsvBulkLoaderProperty in class CsvBulkLoader
Delimiter character (Default: comma).
CurrencyField::dataValue() — Method in class CurrencyField
Overwrite the datavalue before saving to the db ;-) return 0.00 if no value, or value is non-numeric
DBClass in namespace
Global database interface, complete with static methods.
DB::dont_require_table() — Method in class DB
If the given table exists, move it out of the way by renaming it to obsolete(tablename).
DB::dontRequireTable() — Method in class DB
DB::dont_require_field() — Method in class DB
See {@link SS_Database->dontRequireField()}.
DB::dontRequireField() — Method in class DB
DBConnectorClass in namespace
Represents an object responsible for wrapping DB connector api
DBFieldClass in namespace
Single field in the database.
DBField::defaultSearchFilter() — Method in class DBField
DBField::debug() — Method in class DBField
DBFloatClass in namespace
Represents a floating point field.
DBIntClass in namespace
Represents a signed 32 bit integer field.
DBLocaleClass in namespace
Locale database field, mainly used in {@link Translatable} extension.
DBQueryBuilderClass in namespace
Builds a SQL query string from a SQLExpression object
DBSchemaManagerClass in namespace
Represents and handles all schema management for a database
DBSchemaManager::doesSchemaNeedUpdating() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Returns true if schema modifications were requested during (but not after) schemaUpdate() call.
DBSchemaManager::dontRequireTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
If the given table exists, move it out of the way by renaming it to obsolete(tablename).
DBSchemaManager::dontRequireField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
If the given field exists, move it out of the way by renaming it to obsolete(fieldname).
DBSchemaManager::dbDataType() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
DBSchemaManager::databaseList() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Retrieves the list of all databases the user has access to
DBSchemaManager::databaseExists() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Determine if the database with the specified name exists
DBSchemaManager::dropDatabase() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Drops a database with the specified name
DailyTaskClass in namespace
Classes that must be run daily extend this class.
DataDifferencerClass in namespace
Utility class to render views of the differences between two data objects (or two versions of the same data object).
DataDifferencer::diffedData() — Method in class DataDifferencer
Get a DataObject with altered values replaced with HTML diff strings, incorporating and tags.
DataExtensionClass in namespace
An extension that adds additional functionality to a {@link DataObject}.
DataFormatterClass in namespace
A DataFormatter object handles transformation of data from SilverStripe model objects to a particular output format, and vice versa. This is most commonly used in developing RESTful APIs.
DataListClass in namespace
Implements a "lazy loading" DataObjectSet.
DataList::dataClass() — Method in class DataList
Get the dataClass name for this DataList, ie the DataObject ClassName
DataList::dataQuery() — Method in class DataList
Return a copy of the internal {@link DataQuery} object
DataList::distinct() — Method in class DataList
Return a new DataList instance with distinct records or not
DataList::debug() — Method in class DataList
DataList::dbObject() — Method in class DataList
DataModelClass in namespace
Representation of a DataModel - a collection of DataLists for each different data type.
DataObjectClass in namespace
A single database record & abstract class for the data-access-model.
$DataObjectProperty in class DataObject
True if this DataObject has been destroyed.
DataObject::database_fields() — Method in class DataObject
Return the complete map of fields on this object, including "Created", "LastEdited" and "ClassName".
DataObject::destroy() — Method in class DataObject
Destroy all of this objects dependant objects and local caches.
DataObject::duplicate() — Method in class DataObject
Create a duplicate of this node.
DataObject::defineMethods() — Method in class DataObject
Adds methods from the extensions.
DataObject::data() — Method in class DataObject
Returns the associated database record - in this case, the object itself.
DataObject::doValidate() — Method in class DataObject
Public accessor for {see DataObject::validate()}
DataObject::delete() — Method in class DataObject
Delete this data object.
DataObject::delete_by_id() — Method in class DataObject
Delete the record with the given ID.
DataObject::db() — Method in class DataObject
Return all of the database fields defined in self::$db and all the parent classes.
DataObject::database_extensions() — Method in class DataObject
This returns an array (if it exists) describing the database extensions that are required, or false if none
DataObject::debug() — Method in class DataObject
Debugging used by Debug::show()
DataObject::dbObject() — Method in class DataObject
Return the DBField object that represents the given field.
DataObject::databaseIndexes() — Method in class DataObject
Return the database indexes on this table.
DataObject::defaultSearchFilters() — Method in class DataObject
Defines a default list of filters for the search context.
DataObject::disable_subclass_access() — Method in class DataObject
Temporarily disable subclass access in data object qeur
DataObjectInterfaceClass in namespace
DataObjectInterface is an interface that other data systems in your application can implement in order to behave in a manner similar to DataObject.
DataObjectInterface::delete() — Method in class DataObjectInterface
Remove this object from the database. Doesn't do anything if this object isn't in the database.
DataQueryClass in namespace
An object representing a query of data from the DataObject's supporting database.
DataQuery::dataClass() — Method in class DataQuery
Return the {@link DataObject} class that is being queried.
DataQuery::disjunctiveGroup() — Method in class DataQuery
Create a disjunctive subgroup.
DataQuery::distinct() — Method in class DataQuery
Set whether this query should be distinct or not.
DataQuery_SubGroupClass in namespace
Represents a subgroup inside a WHERE clause in a {@link DataQuery}
DatabaseAdapterRegistryClass in namespace
This class keeps track of the available database adapters and provides a meaning of registering community built adapters in to the installer process.
DatabaseAdminClass in namespace
DatabaseAdmin class
DatabaseAdmin::doBuild() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
Updates the database schema, creating tables & fields as necessary.
DatabaseConfigurationHelperClass in namespace
Interface for database helper classes.
DatalessFieldClass in namespace
Abstract class for all fields without data.
DateClass in namespace
Represents a date field.
Date::Day() — Method in class Date
Returns the Full day, of the given date.
Date::DayOfMonth() — Method in class Date
Returns the day of the month.
Date::days_between() — Method in class Date
Date::day_before() — Method in class Date
DateFieldClass in namespace
Form field to display an editable date string, either in a single <input type="text"> field, or in three separate fields for day, month and year.
DateField::dataValue() — Method in class DateField
DateField_DisabledClass in namespace
Disabled version of {@link DateField}.
DateField_View_JQueryClass in namespace
Preliminary API to separate optional view properties like calendar popups from the actual datefield logic.
DatetimeFieldClass in namespace
A composite field for date and time entry, based on {@link DateField} and {@link TimeField}.
DatetimeField_ReadonlyClass in namespace
The readonly class for our {@link DatetimeField}.
DebugClass in namespace
Supports debugging and core error handling.
Debug::dump() — Method in class Debug
Quick dump of a variable.
DebugViewClass in namespace
A basic HTML wrapper for stylish rendering of a developement info view.
DecimalClass in namespace
Represents a Decimal field.
DeprecationClass in namespace
Handles raising an notice when accessing a deprecated method
Deprecation::dump_settings() — Method in class Deprecation
Method for when testing. Dump all the current version settings to a variable for later passing to restore
DevBuildControllerClass in namespace
DevelopmentAdminClass in namespace
Base class for development tools.
DiffClass in namespace
Class representing a 'diff' between two sequences of strings.
DirectorClass in namespace
Director is responsible for processing URLs, and providing environment information.
Director::direct() — Method in class Director
Process the given URL, creating the appropriate controller and executing it.
DisabledTransformationClass in namespace
Transformation that disables all the fields on the form.
DoubleClass in namespace
DropdownFieldClass in namespace
Dropdown field, created from a select tag.
Email::debug() — Method in class Email
Get an HTML string for debugging purposes.
ErrorPage::doPublish() — Method in class ErrorPage
When an error page is published, create a static HTML page with its content, so the page can be shown even when SilverStripe is not functioning correctly before publishing this page normally.
FieldList::dataFields() — Method in class FieldList
Return a sequential set of all fields that have data. This excludes wrapper composite fields as well as heading / help text fields.
FieldList::dataFieldByName() — Method in class FieldList
Returns a named field in a sequential set.
File::deleteDatabaseOnly() — Method in class File
Delete the database record (recursively for folders) without touching the filesystem
File::DeleteLink() — Method in class File
FixtureFactory::define() — Method in class FixtureFactory
Folder::deleteDatabaseOnly() — Method in class Folder
Delete the database record (recursively for folders) without touching the filesystem
Form::defaultAction() — Method in class Form
Return the default button that should be clicked when another one isn't available.
Form::disableDefaultAction() — Method in class Form
Disable the default button.
Form::disableSecurityToken() — Method in class Form
Disable the requirement of a security token on this form instance. This security protects against CSRF attacks, but you should disable this if you don't want to tie a form to a session - eg a search form.
Form::debug() — Method in class Form
$FormFieldProperty in class FormField
FormField::dataValue() — Method in class FormField
Returns the field value suitable for insertion into the data object.
FormField::debug() — Method in class FormField
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::doSearch() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
Returns a json array of a search results that can be used by for example Jquery.ui.autosuggestion
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::doSave() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::doDelete() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
GridState::dataValue() — Method in class GridState
Returns a json encoded string representation of this state.
Group::DirectMembers() — Method in class Group
Return only the members directly added to this group
$GroupCsvBulkLoaderProperty in class GroupCsvBulkLoader
GroupImportForm::doImport() — Method in class GroupImportForm
HTTPCacheControl::disableCache() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
Simple way to set cache control header to a non-cacheable state.
Hierarchy::doAllChildrenIncludingDeleted() — Method in class Hierarchy
HtmlEditorConfig::disablePlugins() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
Enable one or several plugins. Will properly handle being passed a plugin that is already disabled
Image::defineMethods() — Method in class Image
Set up template methods to access the transformations generated by 'generate' methods.
Image::deleteFormattedImages() — Method in class Image
Remove all of the formatted cached images for this image.
LeftAndMain::delete() — Method in class LeftAndMain
ListboxField::dataValue() — Method in class ListboxField
Return the CheckboxSetField value as a string selected item keys.
$MemberProperty in class Member
Member::default_admin() — Method in class Member
Get the default admin record if it exists, or creates it otherwise if enabled
Member::disallowedGroups() — Method in class Member
List of group IDs this user is disallowed from
Member::DirectGroups() — Method in class Member
$MemberCsvBulkLoaderProperty in class MemberCsvBulkLoader
MemberImportForm::doImport() — Method in class MemberImportForm
MemberLoginForm::dologin() — Method in class MemberLoginForm
Login form handler method
MigrationTask::down() — Method in class MigrationTask
MySQLDatabase::datetimeIntervalClause() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime addition
MySQLDatabase::datetimeDifferenceClause() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime substraction
MySQLSchemaManager::databaseList() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Retrieves the list of all databases the user has access to
MySQLSchemaManager::databaseExists() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Determine if the database with the specified name exists
MySQLSchemaManager::dropDatabase() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Drops a database with the specified name
MySQLSchemaManager::dbDataType() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
MySQLSchemaManager::date() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return a date type-formatted string For MySQL, we simply return the word 'date', no other parameters are necessary
MySQLSchemaManager::decimal() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return a decimal type-formatted string
NullableField::debug() — Method in class NullableField
NumericField::dataValue() — Method in class NumericField
Extracts the number value from the localised string value.
Permission::deny() — Method in class Permission
Deny the given permission code/arg to the given group
Permission::declare_permissions() — Method in class Permission
Declare an array of permissions for the system.
$ProfilerProperty in class Profiler
RSSFeed::Description() — Method in class RSSFeed
Get the description of this feed
RSSFeed_Entry::Description() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry
Get the description of this entry
RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::doSubmit() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
RequiredFields::debug() — Method in class RequiredFields
Debug helper
Requirements::delete_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements
Delete all dynamically generated combined files from the filesystem
Requirements::delete_all_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements
Deletes all generated combined files in the configured combined files directory, but doesn't delete the directory itself
Requirements::debug() — Method in class Requirements
Output debugging information
Requirements_Backend::delete_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Delete all dynamically generated combined files from the filesystem
Requirements_Backend::delete_all_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Deletes all generated combined files in the configured combined files directory, but doesn't delete the directory itself.
Requirements_Backend::debug() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Output debugging information.
SSTemplateParser::DollarMarkedLookup_STR() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSViewer::dontRewriteHashlinks() — Method in class SSViewer
Call this to disable rewriting of links. This is useful in Ajax applications.
$SS_DAG_CyclicExceptionProperty in class SS_DAG_CyclicException
SS_Database::datetimeIntervalClause() — Method in class SS_Database
function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime addition
SS_Database::datetimeDifferenceClause() — Method in class SS_Database
function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime substraction
SS_Database::databaseExists() — Method in class SS_Database
Determine if the database with the specified name exists
SS_Database::databaseList() — Method in class SS_Database
Retrieves the list of all databases the user has access to
SS_Database::dropSelectedDatabase() — Method in class SS_Database
Drop the database that this object is currently connected to.
SS_Database::dbDataType() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::dropDatabase() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::doesSchemaNeedUpdating() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::dontRequireTable() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::dontRequireField() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Datetime::Date() — Method in class SS_Datetime
Returns the date using the format string 'd/m/Y' e.g. '28/02/2014'.
SS_HTTPRequest::detect_method() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
Gets the "real" HTTP method for a request.
SS_ListDecorator::debug() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
SS_Report::description() — Method in class SS_Report
Return the description of this report.
SS_Report::dataClass() — Method in class SS_Report
Return the data class for this report
SS_ReportWrapper::description() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
Return the description of this report.
SapphireTest::delete_all_temp_dbs() — Method in class SapphireTest
$SecurityProperty in class Security
When the database has once been verified as ready, it will not do the checks again.
Security::default_admin_username() — Method in class Security
Get default admin username
Security::default_admin_password() — Method in class Security
Get default admin password
Security::database_is_ready() — Method in class Security
Checks the database is in a state to perform security checks.
Security::default_login_dest() — Method in class Security
Get the default login dest.
SecurityToken::disable() — Method in class SecurityToken
Globally disable the token (override with {@link NullSecurityToken}) implementation. Note: Does not apply for
Session::destroy() — Method in class Session
Destroy the active session.
SiteTree::disable_nested_urls() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTree::duplicate() — Method in class SiteTree
Create a duplicate of this node. Doesn't affect joined data - create a custom overloading of this if you need such behaviour.
SiteTree::duplicateWithChildren() — Method in class SiteTree
Duplicates each child of this node recursively and returns the top-level duplicate node.
SiteTree::duplicateAsChild() — Method in class SiteTree
Duplicate this node and its children as a child of the node with the given ID
SiteTree::DependentPages() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns the pages that depend on this page. This includes virtual pages, pages that link to it, etc.
SiteTree::doPublish() — Method in class SiteTree
Publish this page.
SiteTree::doUnpublish() — Method in class SiteTree
Unpublish this page - remove it from the live site
SiteTree::doRevertToLive() — Method in class SiteTree
Revert the draft changes: replace the draft content with the content on live
SiteTree::doRestoreToStage() — Method in class SiteTree
Restore the content in the active copy of this SiteTree page to the stage site.
SiteTree::doArchive() — Method in class SiteTree
Removes the page from both live and stage, if it exists on both otherwise just removes from stage
SiteTree::doDeleteFromLive() — Method in class SiteTree
Synonym of {@link doUnpublish}
SiteTree::defaultChild() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns the class name of the default class for children of this page.
SiteTree::defaultParent() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns the class name of the default class for the parent of this page.
SiteTree::disableCMSFieldsExtensions() — Method in class SiteTree
Stops extendCMSFields() being called on getCMSFields(). This is useful when you need access to fields added by subclasses of SiteTree in a extension. Call before calling parent::getCMSFields(), and reenable afterwards.
TimeField::dataValue() — Method in class TimeField
UnsavedRelationList::dataClass() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Get the dataClass name for this relation, ie the DataObject ClassName
UnsavedRelationList::dbObject() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Return the DBField object that represents the given field on the related class.
UploadField_ItemHandler::DeleteLink() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
UploadField_ItemHandler::delete() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
Action to handle deleting of a single file
UploadField_ItemHandler::doEdit() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
UploadField_SelectHandler::doAttach() — Method in class UploadField_SelectHandler
Versioned::deleteFromStage() — Method in class Versioned
Delete this item from the specified stage.
Versioned::doRollbackTo() — Method in class Versioned
Roll the draft version of this object to match the published one.
ViewableData::defineMethods() — Method in class ViewableData
Add methods from the {@link ViewableData::$failover} object, as well as wrapping any methods prefixed with an underscore into a {@link ViewableData::cachedCall()}.
ViewableData::deprecatedCachedCall() — Method in class ViewableData
Method to facilitate deprecation of underscore-prefixed methods automatically being cached.
ViewableData::Debug() — Method in class ViewableData
Return debug information about this object that can be rendered into a template
_DiffEngine::diff() — Method in class _DiffEngine
i18n::default_locale() — Method in class i18n
This is the "fallback locale", in case resources with the "current locale" (set through {@link set_locale()}) can't be found.

E

ArrayList::exists() — Method in class ArrayList
Returns true if this list has items
ArrayList::each() — Method in class ArrayList
Walks the list using the specified callback
ArrayList::exclude() — Method in class ArrayList
Exclude the list to not contain items with these charactaristics
BBCodeParser::enable_smilies() — Method in class BBCodeParser
CMSMain::ExtraTreeTools() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::EditForm() — Method in class CMSMain
Ensuring we set the current page id from the $ID url parameter.
CMSPageHistoryController::EditForm() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
CMSSecurity::enabled() — Method in class CMSSecurity
Determine if CMSSecurity is enabled
CheckboxSetField::ExtraOptions() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
ClassInfo::exists() — Method in class ClassInfo
Returns true if a class or interface name exists.
CliTestReporter::endTest() — Method in class CliTestReporter
Upon completion of a test, records the execution time (if available) and adds the test to the tests performed in the current suite.
CompositeDBField::exists() — Method in class CompositeDBField
Determines if any of the properties in this field have a value, meaning at least one of them is not NULL.
CompositeField::extraClasses() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeField::extraClass() — Method in class CompositeField
Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "nolabel" class if no title was set on the FormField.
Config::extraConfigSourcesChanged() — Method in class Config
ContentNegotiator::enable() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
Enable content negotiation for all templates, not just those with the xml header.
ContentNegotiator::enabled_for() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
Returns true if negotation is enabled for the given response.
$CsvBulkLoaderProperty in class CsvBulkLoader
Enclosure character (Default: doublequote)
DBConnector::escapeString() — Method in class DBConnector
Given a value escape this for use in a query for the current database connector. Note that this does not quote the value.
DBConnector::escapeIdentifier() — Method in class DBConnector
Escapes an identifier (table / database name). Typically the value is simply double quoted. Don't pass in already escaped identifiers in, as this will double escape the value!
DBField::exists() — Method in class DBField
Determines if the field has a value which is not considered to be 'null' in a database context.
DBSchemaManager::enumValuesForField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Returns the values of the given enum field
DataExtension::extraStatics() — Method in class DataExtension
Define extra database fields
DataList::exclude() — Method in class DataList
Return a copy of this list which does not contain any items with these charactaristics
DataList::each() — Method in class DataList
Walks the list using the specified callback
DataList::exists() — Method in class DataList
Returns true if this DataList has items
DataObject::exists() — Method in class DataObject
Returns true if this object "exists", i.e., has a sensible value.
DataObject::extendedCan() — Method in class DataObject
Process tri-state responses from permission-alterting extensions. The extensions are expected to return one of three values:
DataObject::enable_subclass_access() — Method in class DataObject
DataQuery::execute() — Method in class DataQuery
Execute the query and return the result as {@link Query} object.
Debug::endshow() — Method in class Debug
Close out the show dumper
DevelopmentAdmin::errors() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
$DiffProperty in class Diff
Director::extract_request_headers() — Method in class Director
Takes a $_SERVER data array and extracts HTTP request headers.
EmailClass in namespace
Class to support sending emails.
EmailFieldClass in namespace
Text input field with validation for correct email format according to RFC 2822.
EmptyPagesReportClass in namespace
EncryptAllPasswordsTaskClass in namespace
Encrypt all passwords
EndsWithFilterClass in namespace
Matches textual content with a substring match on a text fragment leading to the end of the string.
EnumClass in namespace
Class Enum represents an enumeration of a set of strings.
Enum::enumValues() — Method in class Enum
Returns the values of this enum as an array, suitable for insertion into a {@link DropdownField}
ErrorControlChainClass in namespace
Class ErrorControlChain
ErrorControlChain::execute() — Method in class ErrorControlChain
ErrorPageClass in namespace
ErrorPage holds the content for the page of an error response.
ErrorPageControllerExtensionClass in namespace
Enhances error handling for a controller with ErrorPage generated output
ErrorPage_ControllerClass in namespace
Controller for ErrorPages.
ExactMatchFilterClass in namespace
Selects textual content with an exact match between columnname and keyword.
ExactMatchMultiFilterClass in namespace
Checks if a value is in a given set.
ExtensionClass in namespace
Add extension that can be added to an object with {@link Object::add_extension()}.
File::exists() — Method in class File
A file only exists if the file_exists() and is in the DB as a record
Form::enableSecurityToken() — Method in class Form
Enable {@link SecurityToken} protection for this form instance.
Form::extraClass() — Method in class Form
Compiles all CSS-classes.
FormField::extraClass() — Method in class FormField
Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "nolabel" class if no title was set on the FormField.
FulltextSearchable::enable() — Method in class FulltextSearchable
Enable the default configuration of MySQL full-text searching on the given data classes.
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::edit() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
HTMLText::exists() — Method in class HTMLText
Returns true if the field has meaningful content.
HTMLVarchar::exists() — Method in class HTMLVarchar
(non-PHPdoc)
HTTPCacheControl::enableCache() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
Simple way to set cache control header to a cacheable state.
HtmlEditorConfig::enablePlugins() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
Enable one or several plugins. Will maintain unique list if already enabled plugin is re-passed. If passed in as a map of plugin-name to path, the plugin will be loaded by tinymce.PluginManager.load() instead of through tinyMCE.init().
Image_Cached::exists() — Method in class Image_Cached
Override the parent's exists method becuase the ID is explicitly set to -1 on a cached image we can't use the default check
LeftAndMain::EditForm() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::EmptyForm() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Returns a placeholder form, used by {@link getEditForm()} if no record is selected.
LeftAndMain::EditorToolbar() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Return the CMS's HTML-editor toolbar
LeftAndMain::EditFormTools() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Renders a panel containing tools which apply to the currently displayed edit form.
$LeftAndMainMarkingFilterProperty in class LeftAndMainMarkingFilter
$LoginAttemptProperty in class LoginAttempt
Email address used for login attempt. @deprecated 3.0...5.0
$LoginAttemptProperty in class LoginAttempt
sha1 hashed Email address used for login attempt
$MemberProperty in class Member
Member::encryptWithUserSettings() — Method in class Member
Utility for generating secure password hashes for this member.
Money::exists() — Method in class Money
MySQLSchemaManager::enumValuesForField() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Returns the values of the given enum field
MySQLSchemaManager::enum() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return a enum type-formatted string
MySQLiConnector::escapeString() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Given a value escape this for use in a query for the current database connector. Note that this does not quote the value.
Oembed_Result::exists() — Method in class Oembed_Result
Return true if this object "exists" i.e. has a sensible value
OptionsetField::ExtraOptions() — Method in class OptionsetField
PDOConnector::escapeString() — Method in class PDOConnector
Given a value escape this for use in a query for the current database connector. Note that this does not quote the value.
PDOConnector::exec() — Method in class PDOConnector
Executes a query that doesn't return a resultset
PasswordEncryptor::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor
Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::encryptX() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::encryptY() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::encryptA() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash
Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
PasswordEncryptor_MySQLOldPassword::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_MySQLOldPassword
Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
PasswordEncryptor_MySQLPassword::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_MySQLPassword
Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
PasswordEncryptor_None::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_None
Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash
Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.
PolymorphicForeignKey::exists() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
Determines if the field has a value which is not considered to be 'null' in a database context.
$ProfilerProperty in class Profiler
Profiler::elapsedTime() — Method in class Profiler
measure the elapsed time of a timer without stoping the timer if it is still running
Profiler::elapsedOverall() — Method in class Profiler
Measure the elapsed time since the profile class was initialised
RSSFeed::Entries() — Method in class RSSFeed
Get the RSS feed entries
SQLExpression::execute() — Method in class SQLExpression
Execute this query.
SQLSelect::expressionForField() — Method in class SQLSelect
Return the SQL expression for the given field alias.
SSViewer::exists() — Method in class SSViewer
SSViewer::execute_template() — Method in class SSViewer
Execute the given template, passing it the given data.
SSViewer::execute_string() — Method in class SSViewer
Execute the evaluated string, passing it the given data.
SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Even() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Return true if this object is an even item in the set.
SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::EvenOdd() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Return 'even' or 'odd' if this object is in an even or odd position in the set respectively.
SS_Cli::end_colour() — Method in class SS_Cli
Send control codes for returning to normal colour
SS_Database::escapeString() — Method in class SS_Database
Returns an escaped string. This string won't be quoted, so would be suitable for appending to other quoted strings.
SS_Database::escapeIdentifier() — Method in class SS_Database
Escapes an identifier (table / database name). Typically the value is simply double quoted. Don't pass in already escaped identifiers in, as this will double escape the value!
SS_Database::enumValuesForField() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::endSchemaUpdate() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Filterable::exclude() — Method in class SS_Filterable
Return a new instance of this list that excludes any items with these charactaristics
SS_List::each() — Method in class SS_List
Walks the list using the specified callback
SS_ListDecorator::exists() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
Return true if this object "exists" i.e. has a sensible value
SS_ListDecorator::each() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
Walks the list using the specified callback
SS_ListDecorator::exclude() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
Exclude the list to not contain items with these charactaristics
SS_Object::exists() — Method in class SS_Object
Return true if this object "exists" i.e. has a sensible value
SS_Object::extend() — Method in class SS_Object
Run the given function on all of this object's extensions. Note that this method originally returned void, so if you wanted to return results, you're hosed
$SS_ReportProperty in class SS_Report
Reports which should not be collected and returned in get_reports
SS_Report::extendedCan() — Method in class SS_Report
Helper to assist with permission extension
SS_TestListener::endTest() — Method in class SS_TestListener
SS_TestListener::endTestSuite() — Method in class SS_TestListener
SapphireInfo::EnvironmentType() — Method in class SapphireInfo
SapphireREPL::error_handler() — Method in class SapphireREPL
SapphireTest::empty_temp_db() — Method in class SapphireTest
Remove all content from the temporary database.
SapphireTestReporter::endTest() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter
Upon completion of a test, records the execution time (if available) and adds the test to the tests performed in the current suite.
SapphireTestReporter::endTestSuite() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter
Upon completion of a test suite adds the suite to the suties performed
SearchFilter::exclude() — Method in class SearchFilter
Exclude filter criteria from a SQL query.
Security::encrypt_password() — Method in class Security
Encrypt a password according to the current password encryption settings.
SecurityToken::enable() — Method in class SecurityToken
Globally enable tokens that have been previously disabled through {@link disable}.
$ShortcodeParserProperty in class ShortcodeParser
SilverStripeListener::endTestSuite() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
SilverStripeListener::endTest() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
SiteConfig::EditorGroups() — Method in class SiteConfig
List of groups that can edit SiteConfig.
SiteTree::enable_nested_urls() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTree::ElementName() — Method in class SiteTree
Return a CSS identifier generated from this page's link.
SiteTree::enableCMSFieldsExtensions() — Method in class SiteTree
Reenables extendCMSFields() being called on getCMSFields() after it has been disabled by disableCMSFieldsExtensions().
StringField::exists() — Method in class StringField
(non-PHPdoc)
Tab::extraClass() — Method in class Tab
Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "nolabel" class if no title was set on the FormField.
TeamCityListener::endTestSuite() — Method in class TeamCityListener
TeamCityListener::endTest() — Method in class TeamCityListener
TreeDropdownField::extraClass() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "nolabel" class if no title was set on the FormField.
UploadField::extraClass() — Method in class UploadField
Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "nolabel" class if no title was set on the FormField.
UploadField_ItemHandler::EditLink() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
UploadField_ItemHandler::edit() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
Action to handle editing of a single file
UploadField_ItemHandler::EditForm() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
ValidationResult::error() — Method in class ValidationResult
Record an error against this validation result,
Versioned::extendWithSuffix() — Method in class Versioned
ViewableData::escapeTypeForField() — Method in class ViewableData
Return the string-format type for the given field.
i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator::endChildren() — Method in class i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator

F

Aggregate::flushCache() — Method in class Aggregate
Clear the aggregate cache for a given type, or pass nothing to clear all aggregate caches.
ArrayLib::filter_keys() — Method in class ArrayLib
Filter an array by keys (useful for only allowing certain form-input to be saved).
ArrayLib::flatten() — Method in class ArrayLib
Takes an multi dimension array and returns the flattened version.
ArrayList::first() — Method in class ArrayList
Returns the first item in the list
ArrayList::find() — Method in class ArrayList
Find the first item of this list where the given key = value
ArrayList::filter() — Method in class ArrayList
Filter the list to include items with these charactaristics
ArrayList::filterAny() — Method in class ArrayList
Return a copy of this list which contains items matching any of these charactaristics.
ArrayList::filterByCallback() — Method in class ArrayList
CheckboxSetField::Field() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
CompositeField::FieldList() — Method in class CompositeField
Returns all the sub-fields, suitable for <% loop FieldList %>
CompositeField::fieldByName() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeField::fieldPosition() — Method in class CompositeField
Find the numerical position of a field within the children collection. Doesn't work recursively.
Config::forClass() — Method in class Config
Get an accessor that returns results by class by default.
Config_ForClass::forClass() — Method in class Config_ForClass
ConfirmedPasswordField::Field() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Cookie::forceExpiry() — Method in class Cookie
Cookie::force_expiry() — Method in class Cookie
CookieJar::forceExpiry() — Method in class CookieJar
Force the expiry of a cookie by name
Cookie_Backend::forceExpiry() — Method in class Cookie_Backend
Force the expiry of a cookie by name
CountryDropdownField::Field() — Method in class CountryDropdownField
CreditCardField::Field() — Method in class CreditCardField
Returns the form field.
CsvBulkLoader::findExistingObject() — Method in class CsvBulkLoader
Find an existing objects based on one or more uniqueness columns specified via {@link self::$duplicateChecks}.
CurrencyField_Disabled::Field() — Method in class CurrencyField_Disabled
overloaded to display the correctly formated value for this datatype
CurrencyField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class CurrencyField_Readonly
overloaded to display the correctly formated value for this datatype
DB::field_list() — Method in class DB
Get a list of all the fields for the given table.
DB::fieldList() — Method in class DB
DBField::forTemplate() — Method in class DBField
DBInt::Formatted() — Method in class DBInt
Returns the number, with commas added as appropriate, eg “1,000”.
DBSchemaManager::fieldList() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Get a list of all the fields for the given table.
DataFormatter::for_extension() — Method in class DataFormatter
Get a DataFormatter object suitable for handling the given file extension.
DataFormatter::for_extensions() — Method in class DataFormatter
Get formatter for the first matching extension.
DataFormatter::for_mimetype() — Method in class DataFormatter
Get a DataFormatter object suitable for handling the given mimetype.
DataFormatter::for_mimetypes() — Method in class DataFormatter
Get formatter for the first matching mimetype.
DataList::filter() — Method in class DataList
Return a copy of this list which only includes items with these charactaristics
DataList::filterAny() — Method in class DataList
Return a copy of this list which contains items matching any of these charactaristics.
DataList::filterByCallback() — Method in class DataList
Note that, in the current implementation, the filtered list will be an ArrayList, but this may change in a future implementation.
DataList::first() — Method in class DataList
Returns the first item in this DataList
DataList::find() — Method in class DataList
Find the first DataObject of this DataList where the given key = value
DataObject::forceChange() — Method in class DataObject
Forces the record to think that all its data has changed.
DataObject::flushCache() — Method in class DataObject
Flush the cached results for all relations (has_one, has_many, many_many) Also clears any cached aggregate data.
DataObject::flush_and_destroy_cache() — Method in class DataObject
Flush the get_one global cache and destroy associated objects.
DataObject::fieldLabels() — Method in class DataObject
Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.
DataObject::fieldLabel() — Method in class DataObject
Get a human-readable label for a single field, see {@link fieldLabels()} for more details.
DataQuery::firstRow() — Method in class DataQuery
Return the first row that would be returned by this full DataQuery Note that this will issue a separate SELECT .
DatalessField::FieldHolder() — Method in class DatalessField
Returns the field's representation in the form.
Date::Full() — Method in class Date
Returns the date in the format 24 Dec 2006
Date::Format() — Method in class Date
Return the date using a particular formatting string.
Date::FormatI18N() — Method in class Date
Return the date formatted using the given strftime formatting string.
Date::FormatFromSettings() — Method in class Date
Return a date formatted as per a CMS user's settings.
DateField::FieldHolder() — Method in class DateField
Returns a "field holder" for this field.
DateField::Field() — Method in class DateField
Returns the form field.
DateField_Disabled::Field() — Method in class DateField_Disabled
Returns the form field.
DatetimeField::FieldHolder() — Method in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField::Field() — Method in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class DatetimeField_Readonly
Debug::fatalHandler() — Method in class Debug
Handle a fatal error, depending on the mode of the site (ie: Dev, Test, or Live).
Debug::friendlyError() — Method in class Debug
Render a user-facing error page, using the default HTML error template rendered by {@link ErrorPage} if it exists. Doesn't use the standard {@link SS_HTTPResponse} class the keep dependencies minimal.
Diff::finaltext() — Method in class Diff
Get the final set of lines.
Director::fileExists() — Method in class Director
Returns true if the given file exists.
Director::forceSSL() — Method in class Director
Force the site to run on SSL.
Director::forceWWW() — Method in class Director
Force a redirect to a domain starting with "www."
DropdownField::Field() — Method in class DropdownField
Email::From() — Method in class Email
Enum::formField() — Method in class Enum
Return a dropdown field suitable for editing this field.
$ErrorControlChainProperty in class ErrorControlChain
ErrorPage::fieldLabels() — Method in class ErrorPage
FieldGroupClass in namespace
Lets you include a nested group of fields inside a template.
FieldListClass in namespace
A list designed to hold form field instances.
FieldList::findOrMakeTab() — Method in class FieldList
Returns the specified tab object, creating it if necessary.
FieldList::fieldByName() — Method in class FieldList
Returns a named field.
FieldList::fieldPosition() — Method in class FieldList
Find the numerical position of a field within the children collection. Doesn't work recursively.
FieldList::forTemplate() — Method in class FieldList
Default template rendering of a FieldList will concatenate all FieldHolder values.
FileClass in namespace
This class handles the representation of a file on the filesystem within the framework.
File::find() — Method in class File
Find a File object by the given filename.
File::format_size() — Method in class File
Formats a file size (eg: (int)42 becomes string '42 bytes')
File::flushCache() — Method in class File
Flush the cached results for all relations (has_one, has_many, many_many) Also clears any cached aggregate data.
File::fieldLabels() — Method in class File
FileFieldClass in namespace
Represents a file type which can be added to a form.
FileField::Field() — Method in class FileField
FileNameFilterClass in namespace
Filter certain characters from file name, for nicer (more SEO-friendly) URLs as well as better filesystem compatibility. Can be used for files and folders.
FileNameFilter::filter() — Method in class FileNameFilter
Depending on the applied replacement rules, this method might result in an empty string. In this case, {@link getDefaultName()} will be used to return a randomly generated file name, while retaining its extension.
FilesystemClass in namespace
A collection of static methods for manipulating the filesystem.
Filesystem::fixfiles() — Method in class Filesystem
Cleanup function to reset all the Filename fields. Visit File/fixfiles to call.
Filesystem::folderModTime() — Method in class Filesystem
Return the most recent modification time of anything in the folder.
FilesystemSyncTaskClass in namespace
FixtureBlueprintClass in namespace
A blueprint on how to create instances of a certain {@link DataObject} subclass.
FixtureFactoryClass in namespace
Manages a set of database fixtures for {@link DataObject} records as well as raw database table rows.
FloatClass in namespace
FlushRequestFilterClass in namespace
Triggers a call to flush() on all implementors of Flushable.
FlushableClass in namespace
Provides an interface for classes to implement their own flushing functionality whenever flush=1 is requested.
Flushable::flush() — Method in class Flushable
This function is triggered early in the request if the "flush" query parameter has been set. Each class that implements Flushable implements this function which looks after it's own specific flushing functionality.
FolderClass in namespace
Represents a folder in the assets/ directory.
Folder::find_or_make() — Method in class Folder
Find the given folder or create it both as {@link Folder} database records and on the filesystem. If necessary, creates parent folders as well. If it's unable to find or make the folder, it will return null (as /assets is unable to be represented by a Folder DataObject)
Folder_UnusedAssetsFieldClass in namespace
Folder_UnusedAssetsField::FieldHolder() — Method in class Folder_UnusedAssetsField
Returns a "field holder" for this field.
ForeignKeyClass in namespace
A special type Int field used for foreign keys in has_one relationships.
FormClass in namespace
Base class for all forms.
Form::Fields() — Method in class Form
Return the form's fields - used by the templates
Form::FormAttributes() — Method in class Form
Form::FormHttpMethod() — Method in class Form
Returns the real HTTP method for the form: GET, POST, PUT, DELETE or HEAD.
Form::FormMethod() — Method in class Form
Returns the form method to be used in the

<

form> tag.

Form::FormAction() — Method in class Form
Return the form's action attribute.
Form::FormName() — Method in class Form
Returns the name of the form.
Form::FieldMap() — Method in class Form
Returns an object where there is a method with the same name as each data field on the form.
Form::forTemplate() — Method in class Form
Return a rendered version of this form.
Form::forAjaxTemplate() — Method in class Form
Return a rendered version of this form, suitable for ajax post-back.
Form::formHtmlContent() — Method in class Form
Returns an HTML rendition of this form, without the

<

form> tag itself.

FormActionClass in namespace
The action buttons are <input type="submit"> as well as <button> tags.
FormAction::Field() — Method in class FormAction
FormAction::FieldHolder() — Method in class FormAction
FormEncodedDataFormatterClass in namespace
Accepts form encoded strings and converts them to a valid PHP array via {@link parse_str()}.
FormFieldClass in namespace
Represents a field in a form.
FormField::Field() — Method in class FormField
Returns the form field.
FormField::FieldHolder() — Method in class FormField
Returns a "field holder" for this field.
FormField::forTemplate() — Method in class FormField
This function is used by the template processor. If you refer to a field as a $ variable, it will return the $Field value.
FormScaffolderClass in namespace
$FormScaffolderProperty in class FormScaffolder
FormTemplateHelperClass in namespace
A helper class for managing {@link Form} and {@link FormField} HTML template output.
FormTemplateHelper_Pre32Class in namespace
Note that this will cause duplicate and invalid ID attributes.
FormTransformationClass in namespace
This class represents "transformations" of a form - such as making it printable or making it readonly.
Form_FieldMapClass in namespace
FulltextFilterClass in namespace
Filters by full-text matching on the given field.
FulltextSearchableClass in namespace
Provides a simple search engine for your site based on the MySQL FULLTEXT index.
FunctionalTestClass in namespace
SilverStripe-specific testing object designed to support functional testing of your web app. It simulates get/post requests, form submission, and can validate resulting HTML, looking up content by CSS selector.
FunctionalTest::findAttribute() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Find an attribute in a SimpleXMLElement object by name.
GDBackend::failedResample() — Method in class GDBackend
Check if this image has previously crashed GD when attempting to open it - if it's opened successfully, the manipulation's cache key is removed.
GDBackend::fittedResize() — Method in class GDBackend
Resizes the image to fit within the given region.
GridField::FieldHolder() — Method in class GridField
Returns the whole gridfield rendered with all the attached components.
GridField::Field() — Method in class GridField
$GridFieldDataColumnsProperty in class GridFieldDataColumns
$GridFieldDataColumnsProperty in class GridFieldDataColumns
$GridFieldSortableHeaderProperty in class GridFieldSortableHeader
Group::fieldLabels() — Method in class Group
GroupedDropdownField::Field() — Method in class GroupedDropdownField
HTMLText::FirstSentence() — Method in class HTMLText
Returns the first sentence from the first paragraph. If it can't figure out what the first paragraph is (or there isn't one), it returns the same as Summary()
HTMLText::forTemplate() — Method in class HTMLText
HTMLVarchar::forTemplate() — Method in class HTMLVarchar
HTTP::filename2url() — Method in class HTTP
Turns a local system filename into a URL by comparing it to the script filename.
HTTP::findByTagAndAttribute() — Method in class HTTP
Search for all tags with a specific attribute, then return the value of that attribute in a flat array.
HiddenField::FieldHolder() — Method in class HiddenField
Hierarchy::flushCache() — Method in class Hierarchy
Flush all Hierarchy caches: - Children (instance) - NumChildren (instance) - Marked (global) - Expanded (global) - TreeOpened (global)
HtmlEditorField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Readonly
HtmlEditorField_Toolbar::forTemplate() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Toolbar
Image::flush() — Method in class Image
Triggered early in the request when someone requests a flush.
Image::forTemplate() — Method in class Image
Return an XHTML img tag for this Image.
Image::Fit() — Method in class Image
Scale image proportionally to fit within the specified bounds
Image::FitMax() — Method in class Image
Proportionally scale down this image if it is wider or taller than the specified dimensions.
Image::Fill() — Method in class Image
Resize and crop image to fill specified dimensions.
Image::FillMax() — Method in class Image
Crop this image to the aspect ratio defined by the specified width and height, then scale down the image to those dimensions if it exceeds them.
InlineFormAction::Field() — Method in class InlineFormAction
InlineFormAction_ReadOnly::Field() — Method in class InlineFormAction_ReadOnly
LeftAndMain_TreeNode::forTemplate() — Method in class LeftAndMain_TreeNode
Returns template, for further processing by {@link Hierarchy->getChildrenAsUL()}.
ListboxField::Field() — Method in class ListboxField
Returns a select tag containing all the appropriate option tags
LiteralField::FieldHolder() — Method in class LiteralField
LiteralField::Field() — Method in class LiteralField
LoginAttempt::fieldLabels() — Method in class LoginAttempt
Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.
LookupField::Field() — Method in class LookupField
Returns a readonly span containing the correct value.
$MemberProperty in class Member
$MemberProperty in class Member
Member::fieldLabels() — Method in class Member
MemberDatetimeOptionsetField::Field() — Method in class MemberDatetimeOptionsetField
MemberLoginForm::forgotPassword() — Method in class MemberLoginForm
Forgot password form handler method.
Member_GroupSet::foreignIDFilter() — Method in class Member_GroupSet
Link this group set to a specific member.
Member_GroupSet::foreignIDWriteFilter() — Method in class Member_GroupSet
ModelAsController::find_old_page() — Method in class ModelAsController
MoneyField::Field() — Method in class MoneyField
MultiEnum::formField() — Method in class MultiEnum
Return a {@link CheckboxSetField} suitable for editing this field
MySQLDatabase::formattedDatetimeClause() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime in a certain format
MySQLSchemaManager::fieldList() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Get a list of all the fields for the given table.
MySQLSchemaManager::float() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return a float type-formatted string For MySQL, we simply return the word 'date', no other parameters are necessary
NullableField::Field() — Method in class NullableField
Oembed_Result::findThumbnail() — Method in class Oembed_Result
Find thumbnail if omitted from data
Oembed_Result::forTemplate() — Method in class Oembed_Result
OldPageRedirector::find_old_page() — Method in class OldPageRedirector
Attempt to find an old/renamed page from some given the URL as an array
OptionsetField::Field() — Method in class OptionsetField
PDOConnector::flushStatements() — Method in class PDOConnector
Flush all prepared statements
PaginatedList::FirstItem() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns the number of the first item being displayed on the current page. This is useful for things like "displaying 10-20".
PaginatedList::FirstLink() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns a link to the first page.
Permission::flush_permission_cache() — Method in class Permission
Flush the permission cache, for example if you have edited group membership or a permission record.
PermissionCheckboxSetField::Field() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
PermissionRole::fieldLabels() — Method in class PermissionRole
Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.
PhoneNumberField::Field() — Method in class PhoneNumberField
PrintableTransformation_TabSet::FieldHolder() — Method in class PrintableTransformation_TabSet
Returns a tab-strip and the associated tabs.
ReadonlyField::Field() — Method in class ReadonlyField
RelationList::forForeignID() — Method in class RelationList
Returns a copy of this list with the ManyMany relationship linked to the given foreign ID.
RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::Form() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
RequiredFields::fieldIsRequired() — Method in class RequiredFields
Returns true if the named field is "required".
Requirements::flush() — Method in class Requirements
Triggered early in the request when a flush is requested
RestfulService::flush() — Method in class RestfulService
Triggered early in the request when someone requests a flush.
SQLConditionalExpression::filtersOnID() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Checks whether this query is for a specific ID in a table
SQLConditionalExpression::filtersOnFK() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Checks whether this query is filtering on a foreign key, ie finding a has_many relationship
SQLFormatter::formatPlain() — Method in class SQLFormatter
SQLFormatter::formatHTML() — Method in class SQLFormatter
SQLSelect::firstRow() — Method in class SQLSelect
Returns a query that returns only the first row of this query
SSViewer::flush() — Method in class SSViewer
Triggered early in the request when someone requests a flush.
SSViewer::fromString() — Method in class SSViewer
Create a template from a string instead of a .ss file
SSViewer::flush_template_cache() — Method in class SSViewer
Clears all parsed template files in the cache folder.
SSViewer::flush_cacheblock_cache() — Method in class SSViewer
Clears all partial cache blocks.
SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::First() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Returns true if this object is the first in a set.
SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::FirstLast() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Returns 'first' or 'last' if this is the first or last object in the set.
SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::FromEnd() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Return the position of this item from the last item in the list. The position of the final item is $endIndex, which defaults to 1.
SS_Backtrace::filtered_backtrace() — Method in class SS_Backtrace
Return debug_backtrace() results with functions filtered specific to the debugging system, and not the trace.
SS_Backtrace::filter_backtrace() — Method in class SS_Backtrace
Filter a backtrace so that it doesn't show the calls to the debugging system, which is useless information.
SS_Backtrace::full_func_name() — Method in class SS_Backtrace
Return the full function name. If showArgs is set to true, a string representation of the arguments will be shown
SS_Cache::factory() — Method in class SS_Cache
Build a cache object.
SS_Database::formattedDatetimeClause() — Method in class SS_Database
function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime in a certain format
SS_Database::fieldList() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Datetime::FormatFromSettings() — Method in class SS_Datetime
Return a date and time formatted as per a CMS user's settings.
SS_FileFinder::find() — Method in class SS_FileFinder
Finds all files matching the options within a directory. The search is performed depth first.
SS_Filterable::filter() — Method in class SS_Filterable
Return a new instance of this list that only includes items with these charactaristics
SS_Filterable::filterByCallback() — Method in class SS_Filterable
Return a new instance of this list that excludes any items with these charactaristics Filter this List by a callback function. The function will be passed each record of the List in turn, and must return true for the record to be included. Returns the filtered list.
SS_HTMLValue::forTemplate() — Method in class SS_HTMLValue
SS_List::first() — Method in class SS_List
Returns the first item in the list.
SS_List::find() — Method in class SS_List
Returns the first item in the list where the key field is equal to the value.
SS_ListDecorator::First() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
SS_ListDecorator::forTemplate() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
SS_ListDecorator::find() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
Returns the first item in the list where the key field is equal to the value.
SS_ListDecorator::filter() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
Filter the list to include items with these charactaristics
SS_ListDecorator::filterAny() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
Return a copy of this list which contains items matching any of these charactaristics.
SS_ListDecorator::filterByCallback() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
Note that, in the current implementation, the filtered list will be an ArrayList, but this may change in a future implementation.
SS_LogEmailWriter::factory() — Method in class SS_LogEmailWriter
SS_LogErrorEmailFormatter::format() — Method in class SS_LogErrorEmailFormatter
SS_LogErrorFileFormatter::format() — Method in class SS_LogErrorFileFormatter
SS_LogFileWriter::factory() — Method in class SS_LogFileWriter
SS_Query::first() — Method in class SS_Query
Iterator function implementation. Return the first item of this iterator.
SS_SysLogWriter::factory() — Method in class SS_SysLogWriter
SS_TemplateLoader::findTemplates() — Method in class SS_TemplateLoader
Attempts to find possible candidate templates from a set of template names from modules, current theme directory and finally the application folder.
SapphireTest::findEmail() — Method in class SapphireTest
Search for an email that was sent.
SearchForm::forTemplate() — Method in class SearchForm
Return a rendered version of this form.
$SecurityProperty in class Security
Security::findAnAdministrator() — Method in class Security
Return an existing member with administrator privileges, or create one of necessary.
SelectionGroup::FieldSet() — Method in class SelectionGroup
SelectionGroup::FieldList() — Method in class SelectionGroup
Returns all the sub-fields, suitable for <% loop FieldList %>
SelectionGroup::FieldHolder() — Method in class SelectionGroup
Returns a "field holder" for this field.
SideReportView::forTemplate() — Method in class SideReportView
FactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\Framework\Injector
A factory which is used for creating service instances.
SiteTree::flushCache() — Method in class SiteTree
Flush the cached results for all relations (has_one, has_many, many_many) Also clears any cached aggregate data.
SiteTree::fieldLabels() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::Field() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
Returns the form field.
StringField::forTemplate() — Method in class StringField
Tab::Fields() — Method in class Tab
Tab::fieldByName() — Method in class Tab
Returns the named field
TabSet::FieldHolder() — Method in class TabSet
Returns a tab-strip and the associated tabs.
TabSet::fieldByName() — Method in class TabSet
Returns a named field.
TestMailer::findEmail() — Method in class TestMailer
Search for an email that was sent.
TestSession::followRedirection() — Method in class TestSession
If the last request was a 3xx response, then follow the redirection
Text::FirstSentence() — Method in class Text
Caution: Not XML/HTML-safe - does not respect closing tags.
Text::FirstParagraph() — Method in class Text
Caution: Not XML/HTML-safe - does not respect closing tags.
Time::Format() — Method in class Time
Return the time using a particular formatting string.
TimeField::Field() — Method in class TimeField
Returns the form field.
TimeField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class TimeField_Readonly
Returns the form field.
ToggleCompositeField::FieldHolder() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
ToggleField::Field() — Method in class ToggleField
TokenisedRegularExpression::findAll() — Method in class TokenisedRegularExpression
TreeDropdownField::Field() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
TreeDropdownField::filterMarking() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Marking public function for the tree, which combines different filters sensibly.
TreeDropdownField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class TreeDropdownField_Readonly
TreeMultiselectField::Field() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField
We overwrite the field attribute to add our hidden fields, as this formfield can contain multiple values.
TreeMultiselectField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField_Readonly
We overwrite the field attribute to add our hidden fields, as this formfield can contain multiple values.
URLSegmentFilter::filter() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
Note: Depending on the applied replacement rules, this method might result in an empty string.
UnsavedRelationList::first() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Returns the first item in the list
UnsavedRelationList::forForeignID() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Returns a copy of this list with the relationship linked to the given foreign ID.
UploadField::Field() — Method in class UploadField
UploadField::fileexists() — Method in class UploadField
Determines if a specified file exists
UploadField_SelectHandler::Form() — Method in class UploadField_SelectHandler
Build the file selection form.
Validator::fieldIsRequired() — Method in class Validator
Returns whether the field in question is required. This will usually display '*' next to the field. The base implementation always returns false.
Versioned::flushCache() — Method in class Versioned
Clear the cached version numbers from previous queries.
VersionedReadingMode::fromDataQueryParams() — Method in class VersionedReadingMode
Converts dataquery params to original reading mode.
VersionedReadingMode::fromQueryString() — Method in class VersionedReadingMode
Convert querystring arguments to reading mode.
ViewableData_Debugger::forTemplate() — Method in class ViewableData_Debugger
Return debugging information, as XHTML. If a field name is passed, it will show debugging information on that field, otherwise it will show information on all methods and fields.
$_DiffOpProperty in class _DiffOp
i18n::flush() — Method in class i18n
Triggered early in the request when someone requests a flush.

G

ArrayData::getField() — Method in class ArrayData
Gets a field from this object.
ArrayList::getIterator() — Method in class ArrayList
Returns an Iterator for this ArrayList.
AssetAdmin::getList() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Returns the files and subfolders contained in the currently selected folder, defaulting to the root node. Doubles as search results, if any search parameters are set through {@link SearchForm()}.
AssetAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()}
AssetAdmin::getSearchContext() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Get the search context
AssetAdmin::getSiteTreeFor() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Get a site tree HTML listing which displays the nodes under the given criteria.
AssetAdmin::getCMSTreeTitle() — Method in class AssetAdmin
AssetAdmin_DeleteBatchAction::getActionTitle() — Method in class AssetAdmin_DeleteBatchAction
The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
Authenticator::get_login_form() — Method in class Authenticator
Method that creates the login form for this authentication method
Authenticator::get_cms_login_form() — Method in class Authenticator
Method that creates the re-authentication form for the in-CMS view
Authenticator::get_name() — Method in class Authenticator
Get the name of the authentication method
Authenticator::get_authenticators() — Method in class Authenticator
Get all registered authenticators
Authenticator::get_default_authenticator() — Method in class Authenticator
BrokenFilesReport::group() — Method in class BrokenFilesReport
BrokenFilesReport::getParameterFields() — Method in class BrokenFilesReport
BrokenRedirectorPagesReport::group() — Method in class BrokenRedirectorPagesReport
BrokenRedirectorPagesReport::getParameterFields() — Method in class BrokenRedirectorPagesReport
BrokenVirtualPagesReport::group() — Method in class BrokenVirtualPagesReport
BrokenVirtualPagesReport::getParameterFields() — Method in class BrokenVirtualPagesReport
BuildTask::getTitle() — Method in class BuildTask
BuildTask::getDescription() — Method in class BuildTask
BulkLoader::getOptionFields() — Method in class BulkLoader
Return a FieldList containing all the options for this form; this doesn't include the actual upload field itself
BulkLoader::getImportSpec() — Method in class BulkLoader
Get a specification of all available columns and relations on the used model.
CMSBatchAction::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
CMSBatchAction::getParameterFields() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
If your batchaction has parameters, return a FieldList here
CMSBatchAction_Archive::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Archive
The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
CMSBatchAction_Delete::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Delete
The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
CMSBatchAction_DeleteFromLive::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_DeleteFromLive
The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
CMSBatchAction_Publish::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Publish
The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
CMSBatchAction_Restore::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Restore
The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
CMSBatchAction_Unpublish::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Unpublish
The the text to show in the dropdown for this action
CMSFileAddController::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSFileAddController
CMSForm::getValidationExemptActions() — Method in class CMSForm
Get a list of actions that are exempt from validation
CMSForm::getResponseNegotiator() — Method in class CMSForm
Gets the current response negotiator
CMSMain::getResponseNegotiator() — Method in class CMSMain
Caution: Volatile API.
CMSMain::getRecord() — Method in class CMSMain
Get a database record to be managed by the CMS.
CMSMain::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::getList() — Method in class CMSMain
Returns the pages meet a certain criteria as {see CMSSiteTreeFilter} or the subpages of a parent page defaulting to no filter and show all pages in first level.
CMSMain::getNewItem() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMemberLoginForm::getExternalLink() — Method in class CMSMemberLoginForm
Get link to use for external security actions
CMSMenu::get_menu_item() — Method in class CMSMenu
Get a single menu item by its code value.
CMSMenu::get_menu_items() — Method in class CMSMenu
Get all menu entries.
CMSMenu::get_viewable_menu_items() — Method in class CMSMenu
Get all menu items that the passed member can view.
CMSMenu::get_cms_classes() — Method in class CMSMenu
A utility funciton to retrieve subclasses of a given class that are instantiable (ie, not abstract) and have a valid menu title.
CMSMenu::getIterator() — Method in class CMSMenu
IteratorAggregate Interface Method. Iterates over the menu items.
CMSMenuItem::getAttributesHTML() — Method in class CMSMenuItem
CMSPageHistoryController::getResponseNegotiator() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
Caution: Volatile API.
CMSPageHistoryController::getSilverStripeNavigator() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
Used for preview controls, mainly links which switch between different states of the page.
CMSPageHistoryController::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
Returns the read only version of the edit form. Detaches all {@link FormAction} instances attached since only action relates to revert.
CMSPageHistoryController::getVersionID() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
Get current version ID
CMSPageSettingsController::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSPageSettingsController
CMSProfileController::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSProfileController
Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()}
CMSSecurity::getTargetMember() — Method in class CMSSecurity
Get known logged out member
CMSSecurity::getResponseController() — Method in class CMSSecurity
CMSSecurity::getTitle() — Method in class CMSSecurity
CMSSecurity::GetLoginForms() — Method in class CMSSecurity
Get the login forms for all available authentication methods
CMSSecurity::getTemplatesFor() — Method in class CMSSecurity
Determine the list of templates to use for rendering the given action
CMSSecurity::getIncludeTemplate() — Method in class CMSSecurity
Gets the template for an include used for security.
CMSSiteTreeFilter::get_all_filters() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
Returns a sorted array of all implementators of CMSSiteTreeFilter, suitable for use in a dropdown.
CMSSiteTreeFilter::getChildrenMethod() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
Method on {@link Hierarchy} objects which is used to traverse into children relationships.
CMSSiteTreeFilter::getNumChildrenMethod() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
Method on {@link Hierarchy} objects which is used find the number of children for a parent page
CMSSiteTreeFilter::getPageClasses() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
Given a page, determine any additional CSS classes to apply to the tree node
CMSSiteTreeFilter::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
Gets the list of filtered pages
CMSSiteTreeFilter_ChangedPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_ChangedPages
Gets the list of filtered pages
CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPages
Gets the list of filtered pages
CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPages
Filters out all pages who's status who's status that doesn't exist on live
CMSSiteTreeFilter_Search::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_Search
Retun an array of maps containing the keys, 'ID' and 'ParentID' for each page to be displayed in the search.
CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPages
Filters out all pages who's status is set to "Deleted".
CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDraftPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDraftPages
Filters out all pages who's status is set to "Draft".
CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusRemovedFromDraftPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusRemovedFromDraftPages
Filters out all pages who's status is set to "Removed from draft".
CSSContentParser::getBySelector() — Method in class CSSContentParser
Returns a number of SimpleXML elements that match the given CSS selector.
CSSContentParser::getByXpath() — Method in class CSSContentParser
Allows querying the content through XPATH selectors.
CacheProxy::getBackend() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::getOption() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::getIds() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::getTags() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::getIdsMatchingTags() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::getIdsNotMatchingTags() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::getIdsMatchingAnyTags() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::getFillingPercentage() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::getMetadatas() — Method in class CacheProxy
CheckboxField::getAttributes() — Method in class CheckboxField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
CheckboxSetField::getOptions() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
CheckboxSetField::getDefaultItems() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
ClassInfo::getValidSubClasses() — Method in class ClassInfo
Returns the manifest of all classes which are present in the database.
CompositeField::getChildren() — Method in class CompositeField
Accessor method for $this->children
CompositeField::getTag() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeField::getLegend() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeField::getAttributes() — Method in class CompositeField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
CompositeField::getColumnCount() — Method in class CompositeField
Config::get() — Method in class Config
Get the config value associated for a given class and property
Config_ForClass::get() — Method in class Config_ForClass
Config_LRU::get() — Method in class Config_LRU
Return a cached value in the case of a hit, false otherwise.
Config_MemCache::get() — Method in class Config_MemCache
ConfirmedPasswordField::getChildren() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Returns the children of this field for use in templating.
ConfirmedPasswordField::getShowOnClickTitle() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
ConfirmedPasswordField::getRequireExistingPassword() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Check if existing password is required
ContentController::getMenu() — Method in class ContentController
Returns a fixed navigation menu of the given level.
ContentController::getViewer() — Method in class ContentController
Return an SSViewer object to render the template for the current page.
ContentNegotiator::get_encoding() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
Return the character encoding set bhy ContentNegotiator::set_encoding(). It's recommended that all classes that need to specify the character set make use of this function.
Controller::getURLParams() — Method in class Controller
Controller::getResponse() — Method in class Controller
Returns the SS_HTTPResponse object that this controller is building up.
Controller::getFormOwner() — Method in class Controller
Return the object that is going to own a form that's being processed, and handle its execution.
Controller::getAction() — Method in class Controller
Returns the action that is being executed on this controller.
Controller::getViewer() — Method in class Controller
Return an SSViewer object to process the data
Controller::getSession() — Method in class Controller
Get the Session object representing this Controller's session
Controller::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Controller
Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
Cookie::get_inst() — Method in class Cookie
Fetch the current instance of the cookie backend
Cookie::get() — Method in class Cookie
Get the cookie value by name
Cookie::get_all() — Method in class Cookie
Get all the cookies
CookieJar::get() — Method in class CookieJar
Get the cookie value by name
CookieJar::getAll() — Method in class CookieJar
Get all the cookies
Cookie_Backend::get() — Method in class Cookie_Backend
Get the cookie value by name
Cookie_Backend::getAll() — Method in class Cookie_Backend
Get all the cookies
CreditCardField::getAttributes() — Method in class CreditCardField
Add default attributes for use on all inputs.
CreditCardField::getTabIndexHTML() — Method in class CreditCardField
Get tabindex HTML string
DB::get_conn() — Method in class DB
Get the global database connection.
DB::getConn() — Method in class DB
DB::get_schema() — Method in class DB
Retrieves the schema manager for the current database
DB::get_connector() — Method in class DB
Retrieves the connector object for the current database
DB::get_alternative_database_name() — Method in class DB
Get the name of the database in use
DB::getConnect() — Method in class DB
DB::get_generated_id() — Method in class DB
Get the autogenerated ID from the previous INSERT query.
DB::getGeneratedID() — Method in class DB
DBConnector::getVersion() — Method in class DBConnector
Query for the version of the currently connected database
DBConnector::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class DBConnector
Retrieves the name of the currently selected database
DBConnector::getLastError() — Method in class DBConnector
Retrieves the last error generated from the database connection
DBConnector::getGeneratedID() — Method in class DBConnector
Determines the last ID generated from the specified table.
DBField::getName() — Method in class DBField
Returns the name of this field.
DBField::getValue() — Method in class DBField
Returns the value of this field.
DBLocale::getShortName() — Method in class DBLocale
Resolves the locale to a common english-language name through {@link i18n::get_common_locales()}.
DBLocale::getLongName() — Method in class DBLocale
DBLocale::getNativeName() — Method in class DBLocale
Returns the localized name based on the field's value.
DBQueryBuilder::getSeparator() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder
Determines the line separator to use.
DataExtension::get_extra_config() — Method in class DataExtension
DataFormatter::getCustomFields() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::getCustomRelations() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::getCustomAddFields() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::getRemoveFields() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::getOutputContentType() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::getTotalSize() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataList::getRelationName() — Method in class DataList
Translates a {@link Object} relation name to a Database name and apply the relation join to the query. Throws an InvalidArgumentException if the $field doesn't correspond to a relation.
DataList::getIterator() — Method in class DataList
Returns an Iterator for this DataList.
DataList::getIDList() — Method in class DataList
Returns an array with both the keys and values set to the IDs of the records in this list.
DataObject::get_validation_enabled() — Method in class DataObject
Returns when validation on DataObjects is enabled.
DataObject::get_classname_spec() — Method in class DataObject
Determines the specification for the ClassName field for the given class
DataObject::getObsoleteClassName() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::getClassName() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::getTitle() — Method in class DataObject
Standard implementation of a title/label for a specific record. Tries to find properties 'Title' or 'Name', and falls back to the 'ID'. Useful to provide user-friendly identification of a record, e.g. in errormessages or UI-selections.
DataObject::getQueriedDatabaseFields() — Method in class DataObject
Return all currently fetched database fields.
DataObject::getClassAncestry() — Method in class DataObject
Get the class ancestry, including the current class name.
DataObject::getComponent() — Method in class DataObject
Return a component object from a one to one relationship, as a DataObject.
DataObject::getComponents() — Method in class DataObject
Returns a one-to-many relation as a HasManyList
DataObject::getComponentsQuery() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::getRelationClass() — Method in class DataObject
Find the foreign class of a relation on this DataObject, regardless of the relation type.
DataObject::getRemoteJoinField() — Method in class DataObject
Tries to find the database key on another object that is used to store a relationship to this class. If no join field can be found it defaults to 'ParentID'.
DataObject::getManyManyComponents() — Method in class DataObject
Returns a many-to-many component, as a ManyManyList.
DataObject::getDefaultSearchContext() — Method in class DataObject
Generates a SearchContext to be used for building and processing a generic search form for properties on this object.
DataObject::getCMSFields() — Method in class DataObject
Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a {@link FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form} object.
DataObject::getCMSActions() — Method in class DataObject
need to be overload by solid dataobject, so that the customised actions of that dataobject, including that dataobject's extensions customised actions could be added to the EditForm.
DataObject::getFrontEndFields() — Method in class DataObject
Used for simple frontend forms without relation editing or {@link TabSet} behaviour. Uses {@link scaffoldFormFields()} by default. To customize, either overload this method in your subclass, or extend it by {@link DataExtension->updateFrontEndFields()}.
DataObject::getField() — Method in class DataObject
Gets the value of a field.
DataObject::getChangedFields() — Method in class DataObject
Return the fields that have changed.
DataObject::getReverseAssociation() — Method in class DataObject
Temporary hack to return an association name, based on class, to get around the mangle of having to deal with reverse lookup of relationships to determine autogenerated foreign keys.
DataObject::get() — Method in class DataObject
Return all objects matching the filter sub-classes are automatically selected and included
DataObject::get_one() — Method in class DataObject
Return the first item matching the given query.
DataObject::get_by_id() — Method in class DataObject
Return the given element, searching by ID
DataObject::getSourceQueryParams() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::getSourceQueryParam() — Method in class DataObject
DataQuery::getFinalisedQuery() — Method in class DataQuery
Ensure that the query is ready to execute.
DataQuery::groupby() — Method in class DataQuery
Append a GROUP BY clause to this query.
DataQuery::getQueryParam() — Method in class DataQuery
Set an arbitrary query parameter, that can be used by decorators to add additional meta-data to the query.
DataQuery::getQueryParams() — Method in class DataQuery
Returns all query parameters
DatabaseAdapterRegistry::get_adapters() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
Return all registered adapters
DatabaseAdapterRegistry::get_adapter() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
Returns registry data for a class
DatabaseAdapterRegistry::get_default_fields() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
Retrieves default field configuration
DatabaseAdmin::groupedDataClasses() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
Get the data classes, grouped by their root class
DatabaseConfigurationHelper::getDatabaseVersion() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
Determines the version of the database server
DatalessField::getAttributes() — Method in class DatalessField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
DatalessField::getAllowHTML() — Method in class DatalessField
DateField::getLocale() — Method in class DateField
DateField::getConfig() — Method in class DateField
DateField_View_JQuery::getField() — Method in class DateField_View_JQuery
DatetimeField::getDateField() — Method in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField::getTimeField() — Method in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField::getTimezoneField() — Method in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField::getLocale() — Method in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField::getConfig() — Method in class DatetimeField
Note: Use {@link getDateField()} and {@link getTimeField()} to get field-specific config options.
Deprecation::get_enabled() — Method in class Deprecation
Determine if deprecation notices should be displayed
DevelopmentAdmin::generatesecuretoken() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
Generate a secure token which can be used as a crypto key.
Diff::getHTMLChunks() — Method in class Diff
Director::get_current_page() — Method in class Director
Return the {@link SiteTree} object that is currently being viewed. If there is no SiteTree object to return, then this will return the current controller.
Director::getAbsFile() — Method in class Director
Given a filesystem reference relative to the site root, return the full file-system path.
Director::get_environment_type() — Method in class Director
Can also be checked with {@link Director::isDev()}, {@link Director::isTest()}, and {@link Director::isLive()}.
Director::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Director
DropdownField::getDisabledItems() — Method in class DropdownField
DropdownField::getAttributes() — Method in class DropdownField
DropdownField::getSource() — Method in class DropdownField
Gets the source array including any empty default values.
DropdownField::getHasEmptyDefault() — Method in class DropdownField
DropdownField::getEmptyString() — Method in class DropdownField
DropdownField::getSourceAsArray() — Method in class DropdownField
Get the source of this field as an array
Email::getTemplate() — Method in class Email
Email::getAdminEmail() — Method in class Email
EmailField::getAttributes() — Method in class EmailField
EmptyPagesReport::group() — Method in class EmptyPagesReport
ErrorPage::getCMSFields() — Method in class ErrorPage
ErrorPage::get_filepath_for_errorcode() — Method in class ErrorPage
Returns an absolute filesystem path to a static error file which is generated through {@link publish()}.
ErrorPage::get_static_filepath() — Method in class ErrorPage
Extension::getOwner() — Method in class Extension
Returns the owner of this extension.
Extension::get_classname_without_arguments() — Method in class Extension
Helper method to strip eval'ed arguments from a string thats passed to {@link DataObject::$extensions} or {@link Object::add_extension()}.
FieldGroup::getZebra() — Method in class FieldGroup
FieldList::getTabPathRewrites() — Method in class FieldList
File::getTreeTitle() — Method in class File
File::getCMSFields() — Method in class File
Returns the fields to power the edit screen of files in the CMS.
File::get_app_category() — Method in class File
Returns a category based on the file extension.
File::getAbsoluteURL() — Method in class File
Gets the absolute URL accessible through the web.
File::getURL() — Method in class File
Gets the relative URL accessible through the web.
File::getFullPath() — Method in class File
Returns an absolute filesystem path to the file.
File::getRelativePath() — Method in class File
Returns path relative to webroot.
File::getFilename() — Method in class File
File::getExtension() — Method in class File
Returns the file extension
File::get_file_extension() — Method in class File
Gets the extension of a filepath or filename, by stripping away everything before the last "dot".
File::getFileType() — Method in class File
Return the type of file for the given extension on the current file name.
File::getSize() — Method in class File
Returns the size of the file type in an appropriate format.
File::getAbsoluteSize() — Method in class File
Return file size in bytes.
File::get_class_for_file_extension() — Method in class File
Maps a {@link File} subclass to a specific extension.
FileField::getAttributes() — Method in class FileField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
FileField::getValidator() — Method in class FileField
Get custom validator for this field
FileField::getFolderName() — Method in class FileField
Gets the upload folder name
FileField::getUpload() — Method in class FileField
Retrieves the Upload handler
FileField::getAllowedExtensions() — Method in class FileField
Returns list of extensions allowed by this field, or an empty array if there is no restriction
FileNameFilter::getReplacements() — Method in class FileNameFilter
FileNameFilter::getTransliterator() — Method in class FileNameFilter
FileNameFilter::getDefaultName() — Method in class FileNameFilter
FixtureBlueprint::getDefaults() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
FixtureBlueprint::getClass() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
FixtureFactory::getId() — Method in class FixtureFactory
Get the ID of an object from the fixture.
FixtureFactory::getIds() — Method in class FixtureFactory
Return all of the IDs in the fixture of a particular class name.
FixtureFactory::get() — Method in class FixtureFactory
Get an object from the fixture.
FixtureFactory::getFixtures() — Method in class FixtureFactory
FixtureFactory::getBlueprints() — Method in class FixtureFactory
FixtureFactory::getBlueprint() — Method in class FixtureFactory
Folder::getRelativePath() — Method in class Folder
Returns path relative to webroot.
Folder::getTitle() — Method in class Folder
Standard implementation of a title/label for a specific record. Tries to find properties 'Title' or 'Name', and falls back to the 'ID'. Useful to provide user-friendly identification of a record, e.g. in errormessages or UI-selections.
Folder::getSize() — Method in class Folder
A folder doesn't have a (meaningful) file size.
Folder::getCMSFields() — Method in class Folder
Return the FieldList used to edit this folder in the CMS.
Folder::getTreeTitle() — Method in class Folder
Folder_UnusedAssetsField::getChildren() — Method in class Folder_UnusedAssetsField
Accessor method for $this->children
Form::getRedirectToFormOnValidationError() — Method in class Form
Get whether the user should be redirected back down to the form on the page upon validation errors
Form::getValidator() — Method in class Form
Get the {@link Validator} attached to this form.
Form::getExtraFields() — Method in class Form
Generate extra special fields - namely the security token field (if required).
Form::getAttribute() — Method in class Form
Form::getAttributes() — Method in class Form
Form::getAttributesHTML() — Method in class Form
Return the attributes of the form tag - used by the templates.
Form::getTemplateHelper() — Method in class Form
Return a {@link FormTemplateHelper} for this form. If one has not been set, return the default helper.
Form::getTemplate() — Method in class Form
Return the template to render this form with.
Form::getEncType() — Method in class Form
Returns the encoding type for the form.
Form::getStrictFormMethodCheck() — Method in class Form
Form::getHTMLID() — Method in class Form
Form::getController() — Method in class Form
Get the controller.
Form::getName() — Method in class Form
Get the name of the form.
Form::getRecord() — Method in class Form
Returns the DataObject that has given this form its data through {@link loadDataFrom()}.
Form::getLegend() — Method in class Form
Get the legend value to be inserted into the

<

legend> element in Form.ss

Form::getData() — Method in class Form
Get the submitted data from this form through {@link FieldList->dataFields()}, which filters out any form-specific data like form-actions.
Form::getSecurityToken() — Method in class Form
Returns the security token for this form (if any exists).
FormAction::getAttributes() — Method in class FormAction
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
FormAction::getButtonContent() — Method in class FormAction
Gets the content inside the button field
FormAction::getUseButtonTag() — Method in class FormAction
Determine if this action is rendered as a <button />
FormField::getTemplateHelper() — Method in class FormField
Returns the current {@link FormTemplateHelper} on either the parent Form or the global helper set through the {@link Injector} layout.
FormField::getName() — Method in class FormField
Returns the field name.
FormField::getAttribute() — Method in class FormField
Get an HTML attribute defined by the field, or added through {@link setAttribute()}.
FormField::getAttributes() — Method in class FormField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
FormField::getAttributesHTML() — Method in class FormField
Custom attributes to process. Falls back to {@link getAttributes()}.
FormField::getForm() — Method in class FormField
Get the currently used form.
FormField::getCustomValidationMessage() — Method in class FormField
Get the custom error message for this form field. If a custom message has not been defined then just return blank. The default error is defined on {@link Validator}.
FormField::getTemplate() — Method in class FormField
FormField::getFieldHolderTemplate() — Method in class FormField
FormField::getSmallFieldHolderTemplate() — Method in class FormField
FormField::getTemplates() — Method in class FormField
Returns an array of templates to use for rendering {@link FieldHolder}.
FormField::getFieldHolderTemplates() — Method in class FormField
Returns an array of templates to use for rendering {@link FieldHolder}.
FormField::getSmallFieldHolderTemplates() — Method in class FormField
Returns an array of templates to use for rendering {@link SmallFieldHolder}.
FormField::getDescription() — Method in class FormField
FormField::getContainerFieldList() — Method in class FormField
Get the FieldList that contains this field.
FormScaffolder::getFieldList() — Method in class FormScaffolder
Gets the form fields as defined through the metadata on {@link $obj} and the custom parameters passed to FormScaffolder.
FormTemplateHelper::generateFormID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper
FormTemplateHelper::generateFieldHolderID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper
FormTemplateHelper::generateFieldID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper
Generate the field ID value
FormTemplateHelper_Pre32::generateFormID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper_Pre32
FormTemplateHelper_Pre32::generateFieldHolderID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper_Pre32
FormTemplateHelper_Pre32::generateFieldID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper_Pre32
FulltextFilter::getDbName() — Method in class FulltextFilter
This implementation allows for a list of columns to be passed into MATCH() instead of just one.
FulltextSearchable::get_extra_config() — Method in class FulltextSearchable
FulltextSearchable::get_searchable_classes() — Method in class FulltextSearchable
Shows all classes that had the {@link FulltextSearchable} extension applied through {@link enable()}.
FunctionalTest::get() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Submit a get request
FunctionalTest::get_disable_themes() — Method in class FunctionalTest
FunctionalTest::get_use_draft_site() — Method in class FunctionalTest
GDClass in namespace
This class is maintained for backwards-compatibility only. Please use the {@link GDBackend} class instead.
GDBackendClass in namespace
A wrapper class for GD-based images, with lots of manipulation functions.
GDBackend::getImageResource() — Method in class GDBackend
getImageResource
GDBackend::getGD() — Method in class GDBackend
GDBackend::getWidth() — Method in class GDBackend
Method return width of image.
GDBackend::getHeight() — Method in class GDBackend
Method return height of image.
GDBackend::greyscale() — Method in class GDBackend
Make the image greyscale.
GenericTemplateGlobalProviderClass in namespace
GenericTemplateGlobalProvider::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class GenericTemplateGlobalProvider
Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
GenericTemplateGlobalProvider::getDataList() — Method in class GenericTemplateGlobalProvider
This allows templates to create a new DataList from a known DataObject class name, and call methods such as aggregates.
GreaterThanFilterClass in namespace
Selects numerical/date content greater than the input
GreaterThanOrEqualFilterClass in namespace
Selects numerical/date content greater than or equal to the input
GridFieldClass in namespace
Displays a {@link SS_List} in a grid format.
GridField::getModelClass() — Method in class GridField
Returns a data class that is a DataObject type that this GridField should look like.
GridField::getConfig() — Method in class GridField
GridField::getComponents() — Method in class GridField
GridField::getCastedValue() — Method in class GridField
Cast an arbitrary value with the help of a $castingDefinition.
GridField::getList() — Method in class GridField
Get the data source.
GridField::getManipulatedList() — Method in class GridField
Get the data source after applying every {@link GridField_DataManipulator} to it.
GridField::getState() — Method in class GridField
Get the current GridState_Data or the GridState.
GridField::getAttributes() — Method in class GridField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
GridField::getColumns() — Method in class GridField
Get the columns of this GridField, they are provided by attached GridField_ColumnProvider.
GridField::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridField
Get the value from a column.
GridField::getDataFieldValue() — Method in class GridField
Get the value of a named field on the given record.
GridField::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridField
Get extra columns attributes used as HTML attributes.
GridField::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridField
Get metadata for a column.
GridField::getColumnCount() — Method in class GridField
Return how many columns the grid will have.
GridField::gridFieldAlterAction() — Method in class GridField
This is the action that gets executed when a GridField_AlterAction gets clicked.
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleterClass in namespace
This class is is responsible for adding objects to another object's has_many and many_many relation, as defined by the {@link RelationList} passed to the {@link GridField} constructor.
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
If an object ID is set, add the object to the list
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getResultsFormat() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getSearchFields() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getPlaceholderText() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getResultsLimit() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
Gets the maximum number of autocomplete results to display.
GridFieldAddNewButtonClass in namespace
This component provides a button for opening the add new form provided by {@link GridFieldDetailForm}.
GridFieldAddNewButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldAddNewButton
Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.
GridFieldButtonRowClass in namespace
Adding this class to a {@link GridFieldConfig} of a {@link GridField} adds a button row to that field.
GridFieldButtonRow::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldButtonRow
Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.
GridFieldComponentClass in namespace
Base interface for all components that can be added to GridField.
GridFieldConfigClass in namespace
Encapsulates a collection of components following the {@link GridFieldComponent} interface. While the {@link GridField} itself has some configuration in the form of setters, most of the details are dealt with through components.
GridFieldConfig::getComponents() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
GridFieldConfig::getComponentsByType() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
Returns all components extending a certain class, or implementing a certain interface.
GridFieldConfig::getComponentByType() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
Returns the first available component with the given class or interface.
GridFieldConfig_BaseClass in namespace
A simple readonly, paginated view of records, with sortable and searchable headers.
GridFieldConfig_RecordEditorClass in namespace
Allows editing of records contained within the GridField, instead of only allowing the ability to view records in the GridField.
GridFieldConfig_RecordViewerClass in namespace
Allows viewing readonly details of individual records.
GridFieldConfig_RelationEditorClass in namespace
Similar to {@link GridFieldConfig_RecordEditor}, but adds features to work on has-many or many-many relationships.
GridFieldDataColumnsClass in namespace
GridFieldDataColumns::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
Names of all columns which are affected by this component.
GridFieldDataColumns::getDisplayFields() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
Get the DisplayFields
GridFieldDataColumns::getFieldCasting() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
GridFieldDataColumns::getFieldFormatting() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
GridFieldDataColumns::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
HTML for the column, content of the element.
GridFieldDataColumns::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
Attributes for the element containing the content returned by {@link getColumnContent()}.
GridFieldDataColumns::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.
GridFieldDeleteActionClass in namespace
This class is a {@link GridField} component that adds a delete action for objects.
GridFieldDeleteAction::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
Return any special attributes that will be used for FormField::create_tag()
GridFieldDeleteAction::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
Add the title
GridFieldDeleteAction::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
Which columns are handled by this component
GridFieldDeleteAction::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
Which GridField actions are this component handling
GridFieldDeleteAction::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
GridFieldDetailFormClass in namespace
Provides view and edit forms at GridField-specific URLs.
GridFieldDetailForm::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
Return URLs to be handled by this grid field, in an array the same form as $url_handlers.
GridFieldDetailForm::getTemplate() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm::getName() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm::getValidator() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm::getFields() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm::getItemRequestClass() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm::getItemEditFormCallback() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequestClass in namespace
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getTemplate() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getController() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getGridField() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getRecord() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
GridFieldEditButtonClass in namespace
Provides the entry point to editing a single record presented by the {@link GridField}.
GridFieldEditButton::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
Return any special attributes that will be used for FormField::create_tag()
GridFieldEditButton::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
Add the title
GridFieldEditButton::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
Which columns are handled by this component
GridFieldEditButton::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
Which GridField actions are this component handling.
GridFieldEditButton::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
GridFieldExportButtonClass in namespace
Adds an "Export list" button to the bottom of a {@link GridField}.
GridFieldExportButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
Place the export button in a

<

p> tag below the field

GridFieldExportButton::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
export is an action button
GridFieldExportButton::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
it is also a URL
GridFieldExportButton::generateExportFileData() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
Generate export fields for CSV.
GridFieldExportButton::getExportColumns() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
GridFieldExportButton::getCsvSeparator() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
GridFieldExportButton::getCsvHasHeader() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
GridFieldFilterHeaderClass in namespace
GridFieldFilterHeader alters the {@link GridField} with some filtering fields in the header of each column.
GridFieldFilterHeader::getThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
See {@link setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType()}
GridFieldFilterHeader::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
GridFieldFilterHeader::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
GridFieldFilterHeader::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
GridFieldFooterClass in namespace
Adding this class to a {@link GridFieldConfig} of a {@link GridField} adds a footer bar to that field.
GridFieldFooter::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldFooter
Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.
GridFieldLevelupClass in namespace
Adds a "level up" link to a GridField table, which is useful when viewing hierarchical data. Requires the managed record to have a "getParent()" method or has_one relationship called "Parent".
GridFieldLevelup::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldLevelup
Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.
GridFieldLevelup::getAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldLevelup
GridFieldLevelup::getLinkSpec() — Method in class GridFieldLevelup
GridFieldPageCountClass in namespace
GridFieldPage displays a simple current page count summary.
GridFieldPageCount::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldPageCount
GridFieldPaginatorClass in namespace
GridFieldPaginator paginates the {@link GridField} list and adds controls to the bottom of the {@link GridField}.
GridFieldPaginator::getThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
See {@link setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType()}
GridFieldPaginator::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
GridFieldPaginator::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
GridFieldPaginator::getTemplateParameters() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
Determines arguments to be passed to the template for building this field
GridFieldPaginator::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
GridFieldPaginator::getItemsPerPage() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
GridFieldPrintButtonClass in namespace
Adds an "Print" button to the bottom or top of a GridField.
GridFieldPrintButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
Place the print button in a

<

p> tag below the field

GridFieldPrintButton::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
Print is an action button.
GridFieldPrintButton::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
Print is accessible via the url
GridFieldPrintButton::getTitle() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
Return the title of the printed page
GridFieldPrintButton::generatePrintData() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
Export core.
GridFieldPrintButton::getPrintColumns() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
GridFieldPrintButton::getPrintHasHeader() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
GridFieldSortableHeaderClass in namespace
GridFieldSortableHeader adds column headers to a {@link GridField} that can also sort the columns.
GridFieldSortableHeader::getThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
See {@link setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType()}
GridFieldSortableHeader::getFieldSorting() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
GridFieldSortableHeader::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
Returns the header row providing titles with sort buttons
GridFieldSortableHeader::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
GridFieldSortableHeader::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
Returns the manipulated (sorted) DataList. Field names will simply add an 'ORDER BY' clause, relation names will add appropriate joins to the {@link DataQuery} first.
GridFieldToolbarHeaderClass in namespace
Adding this class to a {@link GridFieldConfig} of a {@link GridField} adds a header title to that field.
GridFieldToolbarHeader::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldToolbarHeader
Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.
GridFieldViewButtonClass in namespace
A button that allows a user to view readonly details of a record. This is disabled by default and intended for use in readonly {@link GridField} instances.
GridFieldViewButton::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
Names of all columns which are affected by this component.
GridFieldViewButton::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
HTML for the column, content of the element.
GridFieldViewButton::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
Attributes for the element containing the content returned by {@link getColumnContent()}.
GridFieldViewButton::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton
Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.
GridField_ActionProviderClass in namespace
An action is defined by two things: an action name, and zero or more named arguments.
GridField_ActionProvider::getActions() — Method in class GridField_ActionProvider
Return a list of the actions handled by this action provider.
GridField_ColumnProviderClass in namespace
Add a new column to the table display body, or modify existing columns.
GridField_ColumnProvider::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider
Names of all columns which are affected by this component.
GridField_ColumnProvider::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider
HTML for the column, content of the element.
GridField_ColumnProvider::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider
Attributes for the element containing the content returned by {@link getColumnContent()}.
GridField_ColumnProvider::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider
Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.
GridField_DataManipulatorClass in namespace
Can modify the data list.
GridField_DataManipulator::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridField_DataManipulator
Manipulate the {@link DataList} as needed by this grid modifier.
GridField_FormActionClass in namespace
This class is the base class when you want to have an action that alters the state of the {@link GridField}, rendered as a button element.
GridField_FormAction::getAttributes() — Method in class GridField_FormAction
GridField_HTMLProviderClass in namespace
A GridField manipulator that provides HTML for the header/footer rows, or f or before/after the template.
GridField_HTMLProvider::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridField_HTMLProvider
Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.
GridField_SaveHandlerClass in namespace
A component which is used to handle when a {@link GridField} is saved into a record.
GridField_URLHandlerClass in namespace
Sometimes an action isn't enough: you need to provide additional support URLs for the {@link GridField}.
GridField_URLHandler::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridField_URLHandler
Return URLs to be handled by this grid field, in an array the same form as $url_handlers.
GridStateClass in namespace
This class is a snapshot of the current status of a {@link GridField}.
GridState::getData() — Method in class GridState
GridState::getList() — Method in class GridState
GridState_ComponentClass in namespace
GridState_Component::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridState_Component
Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.
GridState_DataClass in namespace
Simple set of data, similar to stdClass, but without the notice-level errors.
GridState_Data::getData() — Method in class GridState_Data
Retrieve the value for the given key
GroupClass in namespace
A security group.
Group::getAllChildren() — Method in class Group
Group::getCMSFields() — Method in class Group
Caution: Only call on instances, not through a singleton.
Group::getTreeTitle() — Method in class Group
Group::Groups() — Method in class Group
List of child groups
GroupCsvBulkLoaderClass in namespace
GroupImportFormClass in namespace
Imports {@link Group} records by CSV upload, as defined in {@link GroupCsvBulkLoader}.
GroupedDropdownFieldClass in namespace
Grouped dropdown, using optgroup tags.
GroupedListClass in namespace
A list decorator that allows a list to be grouped into sub-lists by common values of a field.
GroupedList::groupBy() — Method in class GroupedList
GroupedList::GroupedBy() — Method in class GroupedList
Similar to {@link groupBy()}, but returns the data in a format which is suitable for usage in templates.
HTMLCleaner::getConfig() — Method in class HTMLCleaner
HTMLText::getProcessShortcodes() — Method in class HTMLText
Check if shortcodes are enabled
HTTP::getLinksIn() — Method in class HTTP
HTTP::getImagesIn() — Method in class HTTP
HTTP::get_mime_type() — Method in class HTTP
Get the MIME type based on a file's extension.
HTTP::gmt_date() — Method in class HTTP
Return an {@link http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2822 RFC 2822} date in the GMT timezone (a timestamp is always in GMT: the number of seconds since January 1 1970 00:00:00 GMT)
HTTP::get_cache_age() — Method in class HTTP
Return static variable cache_age in second
HTTPCacheControl::getDirective() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
Low level method to get the value of a directive
HTTPCacheControl::generateHeaders() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
Generate all headers to output
HasManyList::getForeignKey() — Method in class HasManyList
Gets the field name which holds the related object ID.
HeaderField::getHeadingLevel() — Method in class HeaderField
HeaderField::getAttributes() — Method in class HeaderField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
HiddenField::getAttributes() — Method in class HiddenField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
Hierarchy::get_extra_config() — Method in class Hierarchy
Hierarchy::getChildrenAsUL() — Method in class Hierarchy
Returns the children of this DataObject as an XHTML UL. This will be called recursively on each child, so if they have children they will be displayed as a UL inside a LI.
Hierarchy::getDescendantIDList() — Method in class Hierarchy
Get a list of this DataObject's and all it's descendants IDs.
Hierarchy::getParent() — Method in class Hierarchy
Get this object's parent, optionally filtered by an SQL clause. If the clause doesn't match the parent, nothing is returned.
Hierarchy::getAncestors() — Method in class Hierarchy
Return all the parents of this class in a set ordered from the lowest to highest parent.
Hierarchy::getBreadcrumbs() — Method in class Hierarchy
Returns a human-readable, flattened representation of the path to the object, using its {@link Title} attribute.
HtmlEditorConfig::get() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
Get the HtmlEditorConfig object for the given identifier. This is a correct way to get an HtmlEditorConfig instance - do not call 'new'
HtmlEditorConfig::get_active_identifier() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
Get the currently active configuration identifier
HtmlEditorConfig::get_active() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
Get the currently active configuration object
HtmlEditorConfig::get_available_configs_map() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
Get the available configurations as a map of friendly_name to configuration name.
HtmlEditorConfig::getOption() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
Get the current value of an option
HtmlEditorConfig::getPlugins() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
HtmlEditorField::getAttributes() — Method in class HtmlEditorField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
HtmlEditorField_Embed::getWidth() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
HtmlEditorField_Embed::getHeight() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
HtmlEditorField_Embed::getInsertWidth() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
Provide an initial width for inserted media, restricted based on $embed_width
HtmlEditorField_Embed::getInsertHeight() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
Provide an initial height for inserted media, scaled proportionally to the initial width
HtmlEditorField_Embed::getPreview() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
HtmlEditorField_Embed::getName() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
HtmlEditorField_Embed::getType() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
HtmlEditorField_Embed::getOembed() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
HtmlEditorField_Embed::getInfo() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
HtmlEditorField_File::getFile() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_File
HtmlEditorField_File::getURL() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_File
HtmlEditorField_File::getName() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_File
HtmlEditorField_File::getPreview() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_File
HtmlEditorField_File::getExtension() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_File
HtmlEditorField_Image::getWidth() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Image
HtmlEditorField_Image::getHeight() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Image
HtmlEditorField_Image::getInsertWidth() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Image
Provide an initial width for inserted image, restricted based on $embed_width
HtmlEditorField_Image::getInsertHeight() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Image
Provide an initial height for inserted image, scaled proportionally to the initial width
HtmlEditorField_Image::getPreview() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Image
HtmlEditorField_Toolbar::getanchors() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Toolbar
Find all anchors available on the given page.
Image::get_backend() — Method in class Image
Image::getCMSFields() — Method in class Image
Returns the fields to power the edit screen of files in the CMS.
Image::getTag() — Method in class Image
Return an XHTML img tag for this Image, or NULL if the image file doesn't exist on the filesystem.
Image::generateFit() — Method in class Image
Scale image proportionally to fit within the specified bounds
Image::generateFill() — Method in class Image
Resize and crop image to fill specified dimensions.
Image::generatePad() — Method in class Image
Fit image to specified dimensions and fill leftover space with a solid colour (default white). Use in templates with $Pad.
Image::generateScaleWidth() — Method in class Image
Scale image proportionally by width. Use in templates with $ScaleWidth.
Image::generateScaleHeight() — Method in class Image
Scale image proportionally by height. Use in templates with $ScaleHeight.
Image::generateSetRatioSize() — Method in class Image
Resize the image by preserving aspect ratio, keeping the image inside the $width and $height
Image::generateSetWidth() — Method in class Image
Resize this Image by width, keeping aspect ratio. Use in templates with $SetWidth.
Image::generateSetHeight() — Method in class Image
Resize this Image by height, keeping aspect ratio. Use in templates with $SetHeight.
Image::generateSetSize() — Method in class Image
Resize this Image by both width and height, using padded resize. Use in templates with $SetSize.
Image::generateCMSThumbnail() — Method in class Image
Resize this image for the CMS. Use in templates with $CMSThumbnail.
Image::generateAssetLibraryPreview() — Method in class Image
Resize this image for preview in the Asset section. Use in templates with $AssetLibraryPreview.
Image::generateAssetLibraryThumbnail() — Method in class Image
Resize this image for thumbnail in the Asset section. Use in templates with $AssetLibraryThumbnail.
Image::generateStripThumbnail() — Method in class Image
Resize this image for use as a thumbnail in a strip. Use in templates with $StripThumbnail.
Image::generatePaddedImage() — Method in class Image
Resize this Image by both width and height, using padded resize. Use in templates with $PaddedImage.
Image::getFormattedImage() — Method in class Image
Return an image object representing the image in the given format.
Image::generateFormattedImage() — Method in class Image
Generate an image on the specified format. It will save the image at the location specified by cacheFilename(). The image will be generated using the specific 'generate' method for the specified format.
Image::generateResizedImage() — Method in class Image
Generate a resized copy of this image with the given width & height.
Image::generateCroppedImage() — Method in class Image
Generate a resized copy of this image with the given width & height, cropping to maintain aspect ratio.
Image::getDimensions() — Method in class Image
Get the dimensions of this Image.
Image::getWidth() — Method in class Image
Get the width of this image.
Image::getHeight() — Method in class Image
Get the height of this image.
Image::getOrientation() — Method in class Image
Get the orientation of this image.
Image_Backend::getImageResource() — Method in class Image_Backend
getImageResource
Image_Cached::getRelativePath() — Method in class Image_Cached
Returns path relative to webroot.
ImagickBackend::getImageResource() — Method in class ImagickBackend
getImageResource
Injector::getObjectCreator() — Method in class Injector
Injector::getConfigLocator() — Method in class Injector
Retrieve the configuration locator
Injector::get() — Method in class Injector
Get a named managed object
LeftAndMain::getResponseNegotiator() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Caution: Volatile API.
LeftAndMain::getTemplatesWithSuffix() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Return a list of appropriate templates for this class, with the given suffix using {@link SSViewer::get_templates_by_class()}
LeftAndMain::getRecord() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::getSiteTreeFor() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Get a site tree HTML listing which displays the nodes under the given criteria.
LeftAndMain::getsubtree() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Get a subtree underneath the request param 'ID'.
LeftAndMain::getEditForm() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()}
LeftAndMain::getSilverStripeNavigator() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Used for preview controls, mainly links which switch between different states of the page.
LeftAndMain::getApplicationName() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Get the application name.
LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension::generatePageIconsCss() — Method in class LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension
Include CSS for page icons. We're not using the JSTree 'types' option because it causes too much performance overhead just to add some icons.
LeftAndMain_SearchFilter::getChildrenMethod() — Method in class LeftAndMain_SearchFilter
Method on {@link Hierarchy} objects which is used to traverse into children relationships.
LeftAndMain_SearchFilter::getNumChildrenMethod() — Method in class LeftAndMain_SearchFilter
Method on {@link Hierarchy} objects which is used find the number of children for a parent page
LeftAndMain_SearchFilter::getPageClasses() — Method in class LeftAndMain_SearchFilter
Given a page, determine any additional CSS classes to apply to the tree node
LeftAndMain_TreeNode::getClasses() — Method in class LeftAndMain_TreeNode
Determine the CSS classes to apply to this node
LeftAndMain_TreeNode::getObj() — Method in class LeftAndMain_TreeNode
LeftAndMain_TreeNode::getLink() — Method in class LeftAndMain_TreeNode
LeftAndMain_TreeNode::getIsCurrent() — Method in class LeftAndMain_TreeNode
ListboxField::getAttributes() — Method in class ListboxField
ListboxField::getDisabledItems() — Method in class ListboxField
ListboxField::getDefaultItems() — Method in class ListboxField
LiteralField::getContent() — Method in class LiteralField
LoginAttempt::getByEmail() — Method in class LoginAttempt
Get all login attempts for the given email address
LoginForm::getAuthenticator() — Method in class LoginForm
Get the authenticator instance
LoginForm::getAuthenticatorName() — Method in class LoginForm
Get the authenticator name.
Mailer::getBounceEmail() — Method in class Mailer
Email used for bounces
Mailer::getMessageEncoding() — Method in class Mailer
Get the encoding type used for plain text messages
ManyManyList::getExtraData() — Method in class ManyManyList
Find the extra field data for a single row of the relationship join table, given the known child ID.
ManyManyList::getJoinTable() — Method in class ManyManyList
Gets the join table used for the relationship.
ManyManyList::getLocalKey() — Method in class ManyManyList
Gets the key used to store the ID of the local/parent object.
ManyManyList::getForeignKey() — Method in class ManyManyList
Gets the key used to store the ID of the foreign/child object.
ManyManyList::getExtraFields() — Method in class ManyManyList
Gets the extra fields included in the relationship.
Member::get_unique_identifier_field() — Method in class Member
Get the field used for uniquely identifying a member in the database. {see Member::$unique_identifier_field}
Member::generateAutologinTokenAndStoreHash() — Method in class Member
Generate an auto login token which can be used to reset the password, at the same time hashing it and storing in the database.
Member::getMemberFormFields() — Method in class Member
Returns the fields for the member form - used in the registration/profile module.
Member::getMemberPasswordField() — Method in class Member
Builds "Change / Create Password" field for this member
Member::getValidator() — Method in class Member
Returns the {@link RequiredFields} instance for the Member object. This Validator is used when saving a {@link CMSProfileController} or added to any form responsible for saving a users data.
Member::getTitle() — Method in class Member
Get the complete name of the member, by default in the format ", ".
Member::get_title_sql() — Method in class Member
Return a SQL CONCAT() fragment suitable for a SELECT statement.
Member::getName() — Method in class Member
Get the complete name of the member
Member::getDateFormat() — Method in class Member
Override the default getter for DateFormat so the default format for the user's locale is used if the user has not defined their own.
Member::getTimeFormat() — Method in class Member
Override the default getter for TimeFormat so the default format for the user's locale is used if the user has not defined their own.
Member::Groups() — Method in class Member
Get a "many-to-many" map that holds for all members their group memberships, including any parent groups where membership is implied.
Member::getCMSFields() — Method in class Member
Return a {@link FieldList} of fields that would appropriate for editing this member.
Member::getHtmlEditorConfigForCMS() — Method in class Member
Get the HtmlEditorConfig for this user to be used in the CMS.
Member::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Member
Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
MemberAuthenticator::get_login_form() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
Method that creates the login form for this authentication method
MemberAuthenticator::get_cms_login_form() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
MemberAuthenticator::get_name() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
Get the name of the authentication method
MemberCsvBulkLoader::getGroups() — Method in class MemberCsvBulkLoader
MemberDatetimeOptionsetField::getDescription() — Method in class MemberDatetimeOptionsetField
MemberImportForm::getGroup() — Method in class MemberImportForm
Member_Validator::getForMember() — Method in class Member_Validator
Get the member this validator applies to.
ModelAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class ModelAdmin
Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()}
ModelAdmin::getExportFields() — Method in class ModelAdmin
Define which fields are used in the {@link getEditForm} GridField export.
ModelAdmin::getSearchContext() — Method in class ModelAdmin
ModelAdmin::getList() — Method in class ModelAdmin
ModelAdmin::getManagedModels() — Method in class ModelAdmin
ModelAdmin::getModelImporters() — Method in class ModelAdmin
Returns all importers defined in {@link self::$model_importers}.
ModelAdmin::get_page_length() — Method in class ModelAdmin
Return the static page_length of the admin, default as 30
ModelAsController::getNestedController() — Method in class ModelAsController
Money::getCurrency() — Method in class Money
Money::getAmount() — Method in class Money
Money::getLocale() — Method in class Money
Money::getSymbol() — Method in class Money
Money::getShortName() — Method in class Money
Money::getName() — Method in class Money
Money::getAllowedCurrencies() — Method in class Money
MoneyField::getAllowedCurrencies() — Method in class MoneyField
MoneyField::getLocale() — Method in class MoneyField
MySQLDatabase::getDatabaseServer() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Get the database server type (e.g. mysql, postgresql).
MySQLDatabase::getLock() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Sets an application-level lock so that no two processes can run at the same time, also called a "cooperative advisory lock".
MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::getDatabaseVersion() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
Determines the version of the database server
MySQLiConnector::getVersion() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Query for the version of the currently connected database
MySQLiConnector::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Retrieves the name of the currently selected database
MySQLiConnector::getGeneratedID() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Determines the last ID generated from the specified table.
MySQLiConnector::getLastError() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Retrieves the last error generated from the database connection
NestedController::getNestedController() — Method in class NestedController
NullSecurityToken::getValue() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
NullSecurityToken::generate() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
NullableField::getIsNullLabel() — Method in class NullableField
Get the label used for the Is Null checkbox.
NullableField::getIsNullId() — Method in class NullableField
Get the id used for the Is Null check box.
NumericField::getLocale() — Method in class NumericField
Gets the current locale this field is set to.
Oembed::get_autodiscover() — Method in class Oembed
Gets the autodiscover setting from the config.
Oembed::get_providers() — Method in class Oembed
Gets providers from config.
Oembed::get_oembed_from_url() — Method in class Oembed
Takes the human-readable URL of an embeddable resource and converts it into an Oembed_Result descriptor (which contains a full Oembed resource URL).
Oembed_Result::getOembedURL() — Method in class Oembed_Result
Oembed_Result::getField() — Method in class Oembed_Result
Wrap the field calls to fetch data from Oembed JSON (within $this->data)
OptionsetField::getAttributes() — Method in class OptionsetField
PDOConnector::getOrPrepareStatement() — Method in class PDOConnector
Retrieve a prepared statement for a given SQL string, or return an already prepared version if one exists for the given query
PDOConnector::getVersion() — Method in class PDOConnector
Query for the version of the currently connected database
PDOConnector::getPDOParamType() — Method in class PDOConnector
Determines the PDO::PARAM_* type for a given PHP type string
PDOConnector::getLastError() — Method in class PDOConnector
Retrieves the last error generated from the database connection
PDOConnector::getGeneratedID() — Method in class PDOConnector
Determines the last ID generated from the specified table.
PDOConnector::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class PDOConnector
Retrieves the name of the currently selected database
PaginatedList::getPaginationGetVar() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns the GET var that is used to set the page start. This defaults to "start".
PaginatedList::getPageLength() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns the number of items displayed per page. This defaults to 10.
PaginatedList::getPageStart() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns the offset of the item the current page starts at.
PaginatedList::getTotalItems() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns the total number of items in the unpaginated list.
PaginatedList::getLimitItems() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns whether or not the underlying list is limited to the current pagination range when iterating.
PaginatedList::getIterator() — Method in class PaginatedList
PaginatedList::getRequest() — Method in class PaginatedList
Get the request object for this list
ParameterConfirmationToken::getName() — Method in class ParameterConfirmationToken
Get the name of this token
PasswordEncryptor::get_encryptors() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor
PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::get_cost() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
Gets the cost that is set for the blowfish algorithm
PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash::getAlgorithm() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash
PasswordField::getAllowValuePostback() — Method in class PasswordField
PasswordField::getAttributes() — Method in class PasswordField
Permission::groupList() — Method in class Permission
Get the list of groups that the given member belongs to.
Permission::grant() — Method in class Permission
Grant the given permission code/arg to the given group
Permission::get_members_by_permission() — Method in class Permission
Returns all members for a specific permission.
Permission::get_groups_by_permission() — Method in class Permission
Return all of the groups that have one of the given permission codes
Permission::get_codes() — Method in class Permission
Get a list of all available permission codes, both defined through the {@link PermissionProvider} interface, and all not explicitly defined codes existing as a {@link Permission} database record. By default, the results are grouped as denoted by {@link Permission_Group}.
Permission::get_declared_permissions_list() — Method in class Permission
Get a linear list of the permissions in the system.
Permission::get_label_for_permission() — Method in class Permission
Look up the human-readable title for the permission as defined by Permission::declare_permissions
Permission::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Permission
Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
Permission::Group() — Method in class Permission
PermissionCheckboxSetField::getHiddenPermissions() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
PermissionCheckboxSetField::getAssignedPermissionCodes() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
Retrieves all permission codes for the currently set records
PermissionRole::getCMSFields() — Method in class PermissionRole
Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a {@link FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form} object.
PermissionRole::Groups() — Method in class PermissionRole
List of Group objects
Permission_Group::getName() — Method in class Permission_Group
Get the name of the permission group
Permission_Group::getPermissions() — Method in class Permission_Group
Get permissions
PhpUnitWrapper::getCoverageStatus() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
Getter for $coverage (see $coverage).
PhpUnitWrapper::getSuite() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
Getter for $suite (see $suite).
PhpUnitWrapper::getReporter() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
Getter for $reporter (see $reporter).
PhpUnitWrapper::getFrameworkTestResults() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
Getter for $results (see $results).
PhpUnitWrapper::getVersion() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
Getter for $version (see $version).
PhpUnitWrapper_3_4::getVersion() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper_3_4
Getter for $version (see $version).
PhpUnitWrapper_3_5::getVersion() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper_3_5
Returns a version string, like 3.7.34 or 4.2-dev.
PhpUnitWrapper_Generic::getVersion() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper_Generic
Returns a version string, like 3.7.34 or 4.2-dev.
PhpUnitWrapper_Generic::get_test_name() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper_Generic
PjaxResponseNegotiator::getResponse() — Method in class PjaxResponseNegotiator
PjaxResponseNegotiator::getFragmentOverride() — Method in class PjaxResponseNegotiator
PolymorphicForeignKey::getClassValue() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
Get the value of the "Class" this key points to
PolymorphicForeignKey::getIDValue() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
Gets the value of the "ID" this key points to
PolymorphicForeignKey::getValue() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
Returns the value of this field.
PolymorphicHasManyList::getForeignClass() — Method in class PolymorphicHasManyList
Retrieve the name of the class this relation is filtered by
Profiler::getMicroTime() — Method in class Profiler
Get the current time as accuratly as possible
RSSFeed::getTemplate() — Method in class RSSFeed
Returns the name of the template to use.
RandomGenerator::generateEntropy() — Method in class RandomGenerator
Note: Returned values are not guaranteed to be crypto-safe, depending on the used retrieval method.
RandomGenerator::generateHash() — Method in class RandomGenerator
ReadonlyField::getAttributes() — Method in class ReadonlyField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
RecentlyEditedReport::group() — Method in class RecentlyEditedReport
RedirectorPage::getCMSFields() — Method in class RedirectorPage
RelationList::getForeignID() — Method in class RelationList
RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::getOrphanedPages() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
Gets all orphans from "Stage" and "Live" stages.
ReportAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class ReportAdmin
Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()}
RequestHandler::getRequest() — Method in class RequestHandler
Returns the SS_HTTPRequest object that this controller is using.
RequiredFields::getRequired() — Method in class RequiredFields
Return the required fields
Requirements::get_combined_files_enabled() — Method in class Requirements
Checks whether combining of css/javascript files is enabled.
Requirements::get_suffix_requirements() — Method in class Requirements
Check whether we want to suffix requirements
Requirements::get_custom_scripts() — Method in class Requirements
Return all registered custom scripts
Requirements::get_combine_files() — Method in class Requirements
Return all combined files; keys are the combined file names, values are lists of files being combined.
Requirements_Backend::get_combined_files_enabled() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Check whether file combination is enabled.
Requirements_Backend::getCombinedFilesFolder() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Requirements_Backend::get_suffix_requirements() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Check whether we want to suffix requirements
Requirements_Backend::get_javascript() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Returns an array of all required JavaScript
Requirements_Backend::get_custom_scripts() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Return all registered custom scripts
Requirements_Backend::get_css() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Get the list of registered CSS file requirements, excluding blocked files
Requirements_Backend::get_combine_files() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Return all combined files; keys are the combined file names, values are lists of files being combined.
ResetFormAction::getAttributes() — Method in class ResetFormAction
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
RestfulService::getAbsoluteRequestURL() — Method in class RestfulService
Returns a full request url
RestfulService::getAttributes() — Method in class RestfulService
Gets attributes as an array, of a particular type of element.
RestfulService::getAttribute() — Method in class RestfulService
Gets an attribute of a particular element.
RestfulService::getValues() — Method in class RestfulService
Gets set of node values as an array.
RestfulService::getValue() — Method in class RestfulService
Gets a single node value.
RestfulService_Response::getCachedResponse() — Method in class RestfulService_Response
get the cached response object. This allows you to access the cached eaders, not just the cached body.
RestfulService_Response::getCachedBody() — Method in class RestfulService_Response
RootURLController::get_homepage_link() — Method in class RootURLController
Get the full form (e.g. /home/) relative link to the home page for the current HTTP_HOST value. Note that the link is trimmed of leading and trailing slashes before returning to ensure consistency.
RootURLController::get_default_homepage_link() — Method in class RootURLController
Gets the link that denotes the homepage if there is not one explicitly defined for this HTTP_HOST value.
SQLAssignmentRow::getAssignments() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
Retrieves the list of assignments in parameterised format
SQLAssignmentRow::getColumns() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
Retrieves the list of columns updated
SQLConditionalExpression::getConnective() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Get the connective property.
SQLConditionalExpression::getFrom() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Return a list of tables queried
SQLConditionalExpression::getJoins() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Retrieves the finalised list of joins
SQLConditionalExpression::getWhere() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Return a list of WHERE clauses used internally.
SQLConditionalExpression::getWhereParameterised() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Return a list of WHERE clauses used internally.
SQLDelete::getDelete() — Method in class SQLDelete
List of tables to limit the delete to, if multiple tables are specified in the condition clause
SQLInsert::getInto() — Method in class SQLInsert
Gets the table name to insert into
SQLInsert::getRows() — Method in class SQLInsert
Returns the current list of rows
SQLInsert::getColumns() — Method in class SQLInsert
Returns the list of distinct column names used in this insert
SQLInsert::getAssignments() — Method in class SQLInsert
Retrieves the list of assignments in parameterised format
SQLQuery::getDelete() — Method in class SQLQuery
SQLQuery::getWhere() — Method in class SQLQuery
Return a list of SQL where conditions (flattened as a list of strings)
SQLSelect::getDistinct() — Method in class SQLSelect
Get the distinct property.
SQLSelect::getLimit() — Method in class SQLSelect
Get the limit property.
SQLSelect::getOrderBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
Returns the current order by as array if not already. To handle legacy statements which are stored as strings. Without clauses and directions, convert the orderby clause to something readable.
SQLSelect::getHaving() — Method in class SQLSelect
Return a list of HAVING clauses used internally.
SQLSelect::getHavingParameterised() — Method in class SQLSelect
Return a list of HAVING clauses used internally.
SQLSelect::getGroupBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
Return a list of GROUP BY clauses used internally.
SQLSelect::getSelect() — Method in class SQLSelect
Return an itemised select list as a map, where keys are the aliases, and values are the column sources.
SQLUpdate::getTable() — Method in class SQLUpdate
Gets the table name to update
SQLUpdate::getAssignments() — Method in class SQLUpdate
Retrieves the list of assignments in parameterised format
SQLWriteExpression::getAssignments() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression
Retrieves the list of assignments in parameterised format
SSHTMLBBCodeParser::getStaticProperty() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
SSHTMLBBCodeParser::getText() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
Gets the unparsed text from the object
SSHTMLBBCodeParser::getPreparsed() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
Gets the preparsed text from the object
SSHTMLBBCodeParser::getParsed() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
Gets the parsed text from the object
SSViewer::get_source_file_comments() — Method in class SSViewer
SSViewer::get_theme_folder() — Method in class SSViewer
Returns the path to the theme folder
SSViewer::get_themes() — Method in class SSViewer
Returns an array of theme names present in a directory.
SSViewer::get_templates_by_class() — Method in class SSViewer
Traverses the given the given class context looking for templates with the relevant name.
SSViewer::getParser() — Method in class SSViewer
Returns the parser that is set for template generation
SSViewer::getOption() — Method in class SSViewer
SSViewer::getTemplateFileByType() — Method in class SSViewer
SSViewer::getPartialCacheStore() — Method in class SSViewer
Get the cache object to use when storing / retrieving partial cache blocks.
SSViewer::get_base_tag() — Method in class SSViewer
Return an appropriate base tag for the given template.
SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::get_template_iterator_variables() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Called by SSViewer to get a list of iterator variables to expose to the template, the instance method to call on an instance of this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
SSViewer_DataPresenter::getInjectedValue() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter
Get the injected value
SSViewer_DataPresenter::getObj() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter
SSViewer_FromString::getCacheTemplate() — Method in class SSViewer_FromString
SSViewer_Scope::getItem() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
SSViewer_Scope::getObj() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
SS_Backtrace::get_rendered_backtrace() — Method in class SS_Backtrace
Render a backtrace array into an appropriate plain-text or HTML string.
SS_Cache::get_cache_lifetime() — Method in class SS_Cache
Return the cache lifetime for a particular named cache.
SS_ClassLoader::getManifest() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader
Returns the currently active class manifest instance that is used for loading classes.
SS_ClassLoader::getItemPath() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader
Returns the path for a class or interface in the currently active manifest, or any previous ones if later manifests aren't set to "exclusive".
SS_ClassManifest::get_class_parser() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
SS_ClassManifest::get_namespaced_class_parser() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
SS_ClassManifest::get_namespace_parser() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
SS_ClassManifest::get_interface_parser() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
SS_ClassManifest::get_imported_namespace_parser() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
Create a {@link TokenisedRegularExpression} that extracts the namespaces imported with the 'use' keyword
SS_ClassManifest::getItemPath() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
Returns the file path to a class or interface if it exists in the manifest.
SS_ClassManifest::getClasses() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
Returns a map of lowercased class names to file paths.
SS_ClassManifest::getClassNames() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
Returns a lowercase array of all the class names in the manifest.
SS_ClassManifest::getDescendants() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
Returns an array of all the descendant data.
SS_ClassManifest::getDescendantsOf() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
Returns an array containing all the descendants (direct and indirect) of a class.
SS_ClassManifest::getInterfaces() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
Returns a map of lowercased interface names to file locations.
SS_ClassManifest::getImplementors() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
Returns a map of lowercased interface names to the classes the implement them.
SS_ClassManifest::getImplementorsOf() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
Returns an array containing the class names that implement a certain interface.
SS_ClassManifest::getConfigs() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
Returns an array of paths to module config files.
SS_ClassManifest::getModules() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
Returns an array of module names mapped to their paths.
SS_ConfigManifest::get() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
Gets the (merged) config value for the given class and config property name
SS_ConfigStaticManifest::get() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest
SS_ConfigStaticManifest::getStatics() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest
SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser::getInfo() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser
SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser::getStatics() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser
SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Reflection::get() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Reflection
SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Reflection::getStatics() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Reflection
SS_DAG::getIterator() — Method in class SS_DAG
SS_Database::getConnector() — Method in class SS_Database
Get the current connector
SS_Database::getSchemaManager() — Method in class SS_Database
Returns the current schema manager
SS_Database::getQueryBuilder() — Method in class SS_Database
Returns the current query builder
SS_Database::getGeneratedID() — Method in class SS_Database
Get the autogenerated ID from the previous INSERT query.
SS_Database::getVersion() — Method in class SS_Database
Query for the version of the currently connected database
SS_Database::getDatabaseServer() — Method in class SS_Database
Get the database server type (e.g. mysql, postgresql).
SS_Database::getLock() — Method in class SS_Database
Sets an application-level lock so that no two processes can run at the same time, also called a "cooperative advisory lock".
SS_Database::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class SS_Database
Returns the name of the currently selected database
SS_Database::getConnect() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_DatabaseException::getSQL() — Method in class SS_DatabaseException
Returns the SQL that generated this error
SS_DatabaseException::getParameters() — Method in class SS_DatabaseException
The parameters given for this query, if any
SS_Datetime::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class SS_Datetime
Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
SS_FileFinder::getOption() — Method in class SS_FileFinder
Returns an option value set on this instance.
SS_HTMLValue::getContent() — Method in class SS_HTMLValue
SS_HTMLValue::getDocument() — Method in class SS_HTMLValue
Get the DOMDocument for the passed content
SS_HTMLValue::getBody() — Method in class SS_HTMLValue
Get the body element, or false if there isn't one (we haven't loaded any content or this instance is in an invalid state)
SS_HTTPRequest::getBody() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::getVars() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::getVar() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::getExtension() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
Returns a possible file extension found in parsing the URL as denoted by a "."-character near the end of the URL.
SS_HTTPRequest::getHeaders() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::getHeader() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
Remove an existing HTTP header
SS_HTTPRequest::getURL() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
Returns the URL used to generate the page
SS_HTTPRequest::getIP() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
Returns the client IP address which originated this request.
SS_HTTPRequest::getAcceptMimetypes() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
Returns all mimetypes from the HTTP "Accept" header as an array.
SS_HTTPResponse::getStatusCode() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
SS_HTTPResponse::getStatusDescription() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
SS_HTTPResponse::getBody() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
SS_HTTPResponse::getHeader() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
Return the HTTP header of the given name.
SS_HTTPResponse::getHeaders() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
SS_HTTPResponse_Exception::getResponse() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse_Exception
SS_ListDecorator::getList() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
Returns the list this decorator wraps around.
SS_ListDecorator::getIterator() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
Return a single-item iterator so you can iterate over the fields of a single record.
SS_Log::get_logger() — Method in class SS_Log
Get the logger currently in use, or create a new one if it doesn't exist.
SS_Log::get_writers() — Method in class SS_Log
Get all writers in use by the logger.
SS_LogEmailWriter::get_send_from() — Method in class SS_LogEmailWriter
SS_Map::getIterator() — Method in class SS_Map
Returns an SS_Map_Iterator instance for iterating over the complete set of items in the map.
SS_Object::getCustomClass() — Method in class SS_Object
If a class has been overloaded, get the class name it has been overloaded with - otherwise return the class name
SS_Object::get_static() — Method in class SS_Object
SS_Object::get_extensions() — Method in class SS_Object
SS_Object::get_extra_config_sources() — Method in class SS_Object
SS_Object::getExtensionInstance() — Method in class SS_Object
Get an extension instance attached to this object by name.
SS_Object::getExtensionInstances() — Method in class SS_Object
Get all extension instances for this specific object instance.
SS_Report::getTitle() — Method in class SS_Report
Allows access to title as a property
SS_Report::getLink() — Method in class SS_Report
SS_Report::get_excluded_reports() — Method in class SS_Report
Return an array of excluded reports. That is, reports that will not be included in the list of reports in report admin in the CMS.
SS_Report::get_reports() — Method in class SS_Report
Return the SS_Report objects making up the given list.
SS_Report::getCMSFields() — Method in class SS_Report
Returns a FieldList with which to create the CMS editing form.
SS_Report::getCMSActions() — Method in class SS_Report
SS_Report::getReportField() — Method in class SS_Report
Return a field, such as a {@link GridField} that is used to show and manipulate data relating to this report.
SS_ReportWrapper::group() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
SS_TemplateLoader::getManifest() — Method in class SS_TemplateLoader
Returns the currently active template manifest instance.
SS_TemplateManifest::getBase() — Method in class SS_TemplateManifest
SS_TemplateManifest::getCacheKey() — Method in class SS_TemplateManifest
Generate a unique cache key to avoid manifest cache collisions.
SS_TemplateManifest::getTemplates() — Method in class SS_TemplateManifest
Returns a map of all template information. The map is in the following format:
SS_TemplateManifest::getTemplate() — Method in class SS_TemplateManifest
Returns a set of possible candidate templates that match a certain template name.
SS_TemplateManifest::getCandidateTemplate() — Method in class SS_TemplateManifest
Returns the correct candidate template. In order of importance, application project code, current theme and finally modules.
SS_ZendLog::getWriters() — Method in class SS_ZendLog
Get all writers in this logger.
SapphireTest::get_test_class_manifest() — Method in class SapphireTest
Return the manifest being used to look up test classes by helper functions
SapphireTest::get_fixture_file() — Method in class SapphireTest
SapphireTest::getFixtureFactory() — Method in class SapphireTest
SapphireTestReporter::getSuiteResults() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter
Returns the suite results
SearchContext::getSearchFields() — Method in class SearchContext
Returns scaffolded search fields for UI.
SearchContext::getQuery() — Method in class SearchContext
Returns a SQL object representing the search context for the given list of query parameters.
SearchContext::getResults() — Method in class SearchContext
Returns a result set from the given search parameters.
SearchContext::getFilter() — Method in class SearchContext
Accessor for the filter attached to a named field.
SearchContext::getFilters() — Method in class SearchContext
Get the map of filters in the current search context.
SearchContext::getFields() — Method in class SearchContext
Get the list of searchable fields in the current search context.
SearchFilter::getValue() — Method in class SearchFilter
Accessor for the current value to be filtered on.
SearchFilter::getModifiers() — Method in class SearchFilter
Accessor for the current modifiers to apply to the filter.
SearchFilter::getName() — Method in class SearchFilter
The original name of the field.
SearchFilter::getFullName() — Method in class SearchFilter
The full name passed to the constructor, including any (optional) relations in dot notation.
SearchFilter::getDbName() — Method in class SearchFilter
Normalizes the field name to table mapping.
SearchFilter::getDbFormattedValue() — Method in class SearchFilter
Return the value of the field as processed by the DBField class
SearchForm::getClassesToSearch() — Method in class SearchForm
Get the classes to search
SearchForm::getResults() — Method in class SearchForm
Return dataObjectSet of the results using $_REQUEST to get info from form.
SearchForm::getSearchQuery() — Method in class SearchForm
Get the search query for display in a "You searched for .
SearchForm::getPageLength() — Method in class SearchForm
Security::get_word_list() — Method in class Security
Get location of word list file
Security::GetLoginForms() — Method in class Security
Get the login forms for all available authentication methods
Security::getTemplatesFor() — Method in class Security
Determine the list of templates to use for rendering the given action
Security::getPasswordResetLink() — Method in class Security
Create a link to the password reset form.
Security::getIncludeTemplate() — Method in class Security
Gets the template for an include used for security.
Security::getStrictPathChecking() — Method in class Security
Get strict path checking
Security::get_password_encryption_algorithm() — Method in class Security
Security::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Security
Defines global accessible templates variables.
SecurityAdmin::groups() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
Shortcut action for setting the correct active tab.
SecurityAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()}
SecurityAdmin::groupimport() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
SecurityAdmin::GroupImportForm() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
SecurityAdmin::get_hidden_permissions() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
SecurityToken::get_default_name() — Method in class SecurityToken
SecurityToken::getSecurityID() — Method in class SecurityToken
Returns the value of an the global SecurityToken in the current session
SecurityToken::getName() — Method in class SecurityToken
SecurityToken::getValue() — Method in class SecurityToken
SecurityToken::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class SecurityToken
Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
SelectionGroup_Item::getTitle() — Method in class SelectionGroup_Item
SelectionGroup_Item::getValue() — Method in class SelectionGroup_Item
Session::get_cookie_domain() — Method in class Session
Get the cookie domain.
Session::get_cookie_path() — Method in class Session
Get the path on the domain where the session cookie will work.
Session::get_cookie_secure() — Method in class Session
Get if the cookie is secure
Session::get_session_store_path() — Method in class Session
Get the session store path
Session::get() — Method in class Session
Return a specific value by session key
Session::get_all() — Method in class Session
Return all the values in session
Session::get_timeout() — Method in class Session
ShortcodeParser::get() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Get the {@link ShortcodeParser} instance that is attached to a particular identifier.
ShortcodeParser::get_active() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Get the currently active/default {@link ShortcodeParser} instance.
ShortcodeParser::getRegisteredShortcodes() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Get an array containing information about registered shortcodes
ShortcodeParser::getShortcodeReplacementText() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Return the text to insert in place of a shoprtcode.
SideReportView::group() — Method in class SideReportView
SilverStripeNavigator::getItems() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigator
SilverStripeNavigator::getRecord() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigator
SilverStripeNavigator::get_for_record() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigator
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getName() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
Machine-friendly name.
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
Optional link to a specific view of this record.
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getMessage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getRecord() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getPriority() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::getMessage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
Optional link to a specific view of this record.
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink
Optional link to a specific view of this record.
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getMessage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
Optional link to a specific view of this record.
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getMessage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
Optional link to a specific view of this record.
SilverStripeVersionProvider::getVersion() — Method in class SilverStripeVersionProvider
Gets a comma delimited string of package titles and versions
SilverStripeVersionProvider::getModules() — Method in class SilverStripeVersionProvider
Gets the configured core modules to use for the SilverStripe application version. Filtering is used to ensure that modules can turn the result off for other modules, e.g. CMS can disable Framework.
SilverStripeVersionProvider::getModuleVersionFromComposer() — Method in class SilverStripeVersionProvider
Tries to obtain version number from composer.lock if it exists
SiteConfig::getCMSFields() — Method in class SiteConfig
Get the fields that are sent to the CMS.
SiteConfig::getAvailableThemes() — Method in class SiteConfig
Get all available themes that haven't been marked as disabled.
SiteConfig::getCMSActions() — Method in class SiteConfig
Get the actions that are sent to the CMS.
SiteConfig::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class SiteConfig
Add $SiteConfig to all SSViewers
SiteConfigLeftAndMain::getEditForm() — Method in class SiteConfigLeftAndMain
SiteConfigLeftAndMain::getSilverStripeNavigator() — Method in class SiteConfigLeftAndMain
Used for preview controls, mainly links which switch between different states of the page.
SiteTree::get_enforce_strict_hierarchy() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTree::get_create_default_pages() — Method in class SiteTree
Return true if default pages should be created on /dev/build.
SiteTree::get_by_link() — Method in class SiteTree
Fetches the {@link SiteTree} object that maps to a link.
SiteTree::getAbsoluteLiveLink() — Method in class SiteTree
Get the absolute URL for this page on the Live site.
SiteTree::getBreadcrumbItems() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns a list of breadcrumbs for the current page.
SiteTree::getParent() — Method in class SiteTree
Get the parent of this page.
SiteTree::getSiteConfig() — Method in class SiteTree
Stub method to get the site config, unless the current class can provide an alternate.
SiteTree::generateURLSegment() — Method in class SiteTree
Generate a URL segment based on the title provided.
SiteTree::getStageURLSegment() — Method in class SiteTree
Gets the URL segment for the latest draft version of this page.
SiteTree::getLiveURLSegment() — Method in class SiteTree
Gets the URL segment for the currently published version of this page.
SiteTree::getCMSFields() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns a FieldList with which to create the main editing form.
SiteTree::getSettingsFields() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns fields related to configuration aspects on this record, e.g. access control. See {@link getCMSFields()} for content-related fields.
SiteTree::getCMSActions() — Method in class SiteTree
Get the actions available in the CMS for this page - eg Save, Publish.
SiteTree::getMenuTitle() — Method in class SiteTree
Get the title for use in menus for this page. If the MenuTitle field is set it returns that, else it returns the Title field.
SiteTree::getStatusFlags() — Method in class SiteTree
A flag provides the user with additional data about the current page status, for example a "removed from draft" status. Each page can have more than one status flag. Returns a map of a unique key to a (localized) title for the flag. The unique key can be reused as a CSS class. Use the 'updateStatusFlags' extension point to customize the flags.
SiteTree::getTreeTitle() — Method in class SiteTree
getTreeTitle will return three html DOM elements, an empty with the class 'jstree-pageicon' in front, following by a wrapping around its MenutTitle, then following by a indicating its publication status.
SiteTree::getPageLevel() — Method in class SiteTree
Gets the depth of this page in the sitetree, where 1 is the root level
SiteTree::getIsDeletedFromStage() — Method in class SiteTree
Compares current draft with live version, and returns true if no draft version of this page exists but the page is still published (eg, after triggering "Delete from draft site" in the CMS).
SiteTree::getExistsOnLive() — Method in class SiteTree
Return true if this page exists on the live site
SiteTree::getIsModifiedOnStage() — Method in class SiteTree
Compares current draft with live version, and returns true if these versions differ, meaning there have been unpublished changes to the draft site.
SiteTree::getIsAddedToStage() — Method in class SiteTree
Compares current draft with live version, and returns true if no live version exists, meaning the page was never published.
SiteTree::getParentType() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns 'root' if the current page has no parent, or 'subpage' otherwise
SiteTreeFolderExtension::getUnusedFilesListFilter() — Method in class SiteTreeFolderExtension
Looks for files used in system and create where clause which contains all ID's of files.
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getAttributes() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getPage() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getHelpText() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getURLPrefix() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getURLSuffix() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getDefaultURL() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getURL() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
StringField::getNullifyEmpty() — Method in class StringField
Get whether this field stores empty strings rather than converting them to null
Tab::getAttributes() — Method in class Tab
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
TabSet::getTabSet() — Method in class TabSet
TabSet::getAttributes() — Method in class TabSet
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
TemplateGlobalProvider::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class TemplateGlobalProvider
Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
TemplateIteratorProvider::get_template_iterator_variables() — Method in class TemplateIteratorProvider
Called by SSViewer to get a list of iterator variables to expose to the template, the instance method to call on an instance of this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
TestSession::get() — Method in class TestSession
Submit a get request
TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getContent() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getError() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getSent() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getHeaders() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getMethod() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getUrl() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getRequestData() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
TextField::getMaxLength() — Method in class TextField
TextField::getAttributes() — Method in class TextField
TextareaField::getAttributes() — Method in class TextareaField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
TimeField::getLocale() — Method in class TimeField
TimeField::getConfig() — Method in class TimeField
ToggleCompositeField::getAttributes() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
ToggleCompositeField::getStartClosed() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
ToggleCompositeField::getHeadingLevel() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
TreeDropdownField::getShowSearch() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
TreeDropdownField::getLabelField() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
TreeDropdownField::getKeyField() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
TreeDropdownField::getSourceObject() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
TreeMultiselectField::getItems() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField
Return this field's linked items
URLSegmentFilter::getReplacements() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
URLSegmentFilter::getTransliterator() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
URLSegmentFilter::getAllowMultibyte() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
UnsavedRelationList::getIterator() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Returns an Iterator for this relation.
UnsavedRelationList::getIDList() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Returns an array with both the keys and values set to the IDs of the records in this list.
Upload::getValidator() — Method in class Upload
Get current validator
Upload::getReplaceFile() — Method in class Upload
Upload::getFile() — Method in class Upload
Get file-object, either generated from {load()}, or manually set.
Upload::getErrors() — Method in class Upload
Return all errors that occurred while processing so far (mostly set by {loadUploaded()})
UploadField::getTemplateFileButtons() — Method in class UploadField
UploadField::getTemplateFileEdit() — Method in class UploadField
UploadField::getOverwriteWarning() — Method in class UploadField
Determine if the field should show a warning when overwriting a file.
UploadField::getDisplayFolderName() — Method in class UploadField
UploadField::getRecord() — Method in class UploadField
Get the record to use as "Parent" for uploaded Files (eg a Page with a has_one to File) If none is set, it will use Form->getRecord() or Form->Controller()->data()
UploadField::getItems() — Method in class UploadField
Retrieves the current list of files
UploadField::getCustomisedItems() — Method in class UploadField
Retrieves a customised list of all File records to ensure they are properly viewable when rendered in the field template.
UploadField::getItemIDs() — Method in class UploadField
Retrieves the list of selected file IDs
UploadField::getConfig() — Method in class UploadField
Gets a front-end config variable for the upload field
UploadField::getAutoUpload() — Method in class UploadField
Determine if the field should automatically upload the file.
UploadField::getAllowedMaxFileNumber() — Method in class UploadField
Determine maximum number of files allowed to be attached Defaults to 1 for has_one and null (unlimited) for many_many and has_many relations.
UploadField::getPreviewMaxWidth() — Method in class UploadField
Gets thumbnail width. Defaults to 80
UploadField::getPreviewMaxHeight() — Method in class UploadField
Gets thumbnail height. Defaults to 60
UploadField::getUploadTemplateName() — Method in class UploadField
javascript template used to display uploading files Defaults to 'ss-uploadfield-uploadtemplate'
UploadField::getDownloadTemplateName() — Method in class UploadField
javascript template used to display already uploaded files Defaults to 'ss-downloadfield-downloadtemplate'
UploadField::getFileEditFields() — Method in class UploadField
FieldList $fields for the EditForm
UploadField::getFileEditActions() — Method in class UploadField
FieldList $actions or string $name (of a method on File to provide a actions) for the EditForm
UploadField::getFileEditValidator() — Method in class UploadField
Determines the validator to use for the edit form
UploadField::getAttributes() — Method in class UploadField
Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.
UploadField::getItemHandler() — Method in class UploadField
UploadField::getRelationAutosetClass() — Method in class UploadField
Gets the foreign class that needs to be created, or 'File' as default if there is no relationship, or it cannot be determined.
UploadField_ItemHandler::getItem() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
Upload_Validator::getErrors() — Method in class Upload_Validator
Return all errors that occurred while validating the temporary file.
Upload_Validator::getAllowedMaxFileSize() — Method in class Upload_Validator
Get maximum file size for all or specified file extension.
Upload_Validator::getAllowedExtensions() — Method in class Upload_Validator
ValidationException::getResult() — Method in class ValidationException
Retrieves the ValidationResult related to this error
Validator::getErrors() — Method in class Validator
Returns all errors found by a previous call to {@link validate()}. The returned array has a structure resembling:
Varchar::getSize() — Method in class Varchar
Allow the ability to access the size of the field programatically. This can be useful if you want to have text fields with a length limit that is dictated by the DB field.
Versioned::get_reading_mode() — Method in class Versioned
Get the current reading mode.
Versioned::get_live_stage() — Method in class Versioned
Get the name of the 'live' stage.
Versioned::get_default_reading_mode() — Method in class Versioned
Get default reading mode
Versioned::get_draft_site_secured() — Method in class Versioned
Check if draft site should be secured.
Versioned::get_one_by_stage() — Method in class Versioned
Get a singleton instance of a class in the given stage.
Versioned::get_versionnumber_by_stage() — Method in class Versioned
Gets the current version number of a specific record.
Versioned::get_by_stage() — Method in class Versioned
Get a set of class instances by the given stage.
Versioned::get_latest_version() — Method in class Versioned
Return the latest version of the given object.
Versioned::get_including_deleted() — Method in class Versioned
Return the equivalent of a DataList::create() call, querying the latest version of each object stored in the (class)_versions tables. In particular, this will query deleted records as well as active ones.
Versioned::get_version() — Method in class Versioned
Return the specific version of the given ID.
Versioned::get_all_versions() — Method in class Versioned
Return a list of all versions for a given id.
Versioned::getVersionedStages() — Method in class Versioned
Returns an array of possible stages.
Versioned::getDefaultStage() — Method in class Versioned
Versioned::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Versioned
ViewableData::getFailover() — Method in class ViewableData
Get the current failover object if set
ViewableData::getField() — Method in class ViewableData
Get the value of a field on this object. This should be overloaded in child classes.
ViewableData::getCustomisedObj() — Method in class ViewableData
ViewableData::getXMLValues() — Method in class ViewableData
Get an array of XML-escaped values by field name
ViewableData::getIterator() — Method in class ViewableData
Return a single-item iterator so you can iterate over the fields of a single record.
VirtualPage::getVirtualFields() — Method in class VirtualPage
Generates the array of fields required for the page type.
VirtualPage::getCMSFields() — Method in class VirtualPage
Generate the CMS fields from the fields from the original page.
VirtualPage::getSettingsFields() — Method in class VirtualPage
VirtualPage_Controller::getViewer() — Method in class VirtualPage_Controller
YamlFixture::getFixtureFile() — Method in class YamlFixture
YamlFixture::getFixtureString() — Method in class YamlFixture
i18n::get_cache() — Method in class i18n
Return an instance of the cache used for i18n data.
i18n::get_js_i18n() — Method in class i18n
i18n::get_date_format() — Method in class i18n
i18n::get_time_format() — Method in class i18n
i18n::get_translators() — Method in class i18n
i18n::get_translator() — Method in class i18n
i18n::get_common_languages() — Method in class i18n
Get a list of commonly used languages
i18n::get_common_locales() — Method in class i18n
Get a list of commonly used locales
i18n::get_locale_list() — Method in class i18n
Get a list of locales (code => language and country)
i18n::get_closest_translation() — Method in class i18n
Matches a given locale with the closest translation available in the system
i18n::get_existing_translations() — Method in class i18n
Searches the root-directory for module-directories (identified by having a _config.php on their first directory-level).
i18n::get_language_name() — Method in class i18n
Get a name from a language code (two characters, e.g. "en").
i18n::get_locale_name() — Method in class i18n
Get a name from a locale code (xx_YY).
i18n::get_language_code() — Method in class i18n
Get a code from an English language name
i18n::get_tinymce_lang() — Method in class i18n
Get the current tinyMCE language
i18n::get_translatable_modules() — Method in class i18n
Searches the root-directory for module-directories (identified by having a _config.php on their first directory-level and a language-file with the default locale in the /lang-subdirectory).
i18n::get_lang_from_locale() — Method in class i18n
Returns the "short" language name from a locale, e.g. "en_US" would return "en".
i18n::get_locale_from_lang() — Method in class i18n
Provides you "likely locales" for a given "short" language code. This is a guess, as we can't disambiguate from e.g. "en" to "en_US" - it could also mean "en_UK". Based on the Unicode CLDR project.
i18n::get_owner_module() — Method in class i18n
Given a PHP class name, finds the module where it's located.
i18n::get_locale() — Method in class i18n
Get the current locale.
i18n::get_script_direction() — Method in class i18n
Returns the script direction in format compatible with the HTML "dir" attribute.
i18n::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class i18n
Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template
i18nRailsYamlAdapter::getFilenameForLocale() — Method in class i18nRailsYamlAdapter
i18nSSLegacyAdapter::getFilenameForLocale() — Method in class i18nSSLegacyAdapter
i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator::getKeyStack() — Method in class i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator
i18nTextCollector::getWriter() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
Gets the currently assigned writer, or the default if none is specified.
i18nTextCollector::getDefaultLocale() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
i18nTextCollector_Parser::GetTranslatables() — Method in class i18nTextCollector_Parser
Parses a template and returns any translatable entities
i18nTextCollector_Writer_RailsYaml::getYaml() — Method in class i18nTextCollector_Writer_RailsYaml
i18nTranslateAdapterInterface::getFilenameForLocale() — Method in class i18nTranslateAdapterInterface

H

AdminRootController::handleRequest() — Method in class AdminRootController
Executes this controller, and return an {@link SS_HTTPResponse} object with the result.
ArrayData::hasField() — Method in class ArrayData
Check array to see if field isset
CMSBatchActionHandler::handleBatchAction() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
Invoke a batch action
CMSBatchActionHandler::handleApplicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
Respond with the list of applicable pages for a given filter
CMSBatchActionHandler::handleConfirmation() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
Check if this action has a confirmation step
ClassInfo::hasTable() — Method in class ClassInfo
ClassInfo::has_method_from() — Method in class ClassInfo
CompositeField::hasData() — Method in class CompositeField
Returns true if this field has its own data.
ContentController::handleRequest() — Method in class ContentController
This acts the same as {@link Controller::handleRequest()}, but if an action cannot be found this will attempt to fall over to a child controller in order to provide functionality for nested URLs.
ContentController::httpError() — Method in class ContentController
ContentNegotiator::html() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
Controller::handleRequest() — Method in class Controller
Executes this controller, and return an {@link SS_HTTPResponse} object with the result.
Controller::hasAction() — Method in class Controller
Checks if this request handler has a specific action, even if the current user cannot access it.
Controller::hasActionTemplate() — Method in class Controller
Returns TRUE if this controller has a template that is specifically designed to handle a specific action.
Controller::has_curr() — Method in class Controller
Tests whether we have a currently active controller or not
Convert::html2raw() — Method in class Convert
Simple conversion of HTML to plaintext.
$CsvBulkLoaderProperty in class CsvBulkLoader
Identifies if csv the has a header row.
CsvBulkLoader::hasHeaderRow() — Method in class CsvBulkLoader
Determine whether any loaded files should be parsed with a header-row (otherwise we rely on {@link self::$columnMap}.
DBField::HTMLATT() — Method in class DBField
DBField::HTML() — Method in class DBField
DBSchemaManager::hasTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Returns true if the given table is exists in the current database
DBSchemaManager::hasField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Return true if the table exists and already has a the field specified
DataObject::has_one() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::hasOne() — Method in class DataObject
Return the class of a one-to-one component. If $component is null, return all of the one-to-one components and their classes. If the selected has_one is a polymorphic field then 'DataObject' will be returned for the type.
DataObject::hasOneComponent() — Method in class DataObject
Return data for a specific has_one component.
DataObject::has_many() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::hasMany() — Method in class DataObject
Gets the class of a one-to-many relationship. If no $component is specified then an array of all the one-to-many relationships and their classes will be returned.
DataObject::hasManyComponent() — Method in class DataObject
Return data for a specific has_many component.
DataObject::hasField() — Method in class DataObject
Returns true if the given field exists in a database column on any of the objects tables and optionally look up a dynamic getter with get().
DataObject::hasDatabaseField() — Method in class DataObject
Returns true if the given field exists as a database column
DataObject::hasOwnTableDatabaseField() — Method in class DataObject
Returns the field type of the given field, if it belongs to this class, and not a parent.
DataObject::has_own_table_database_field() — Method in class DataObject
Returns the field type of the given field, if it belongs to this class, and not a parent.
DataObject::has_own_table() — Method in class DataObject
Returns true if given class has its own table. Uses the rules for whether the table should exist rather than actually looking in the database.
DataObject::hasValue() — Method in class DataObject
Returns true if the given method/parameter has a value (Uses the DBField::hasValue if the parameter is a database field)
DataQuery::having() — Method in class DataQuery
Append a HAVING clause to this query.
DatalessField::hasData() — Method in class DatalessField
function that returns whether this field contains data.
Debug::header() — Method in class Debug
Send a debug message in an HTTP header. Only works if you are on Dev, and headers have not yet been sent.
$DiffProperty in class Diff
ErrorControlChain::hasErrored() — Method in class ErrorControlChain
Determine if an error has been found
ErrorControlChain::handleFatalError() — Method in class ErrorControlChain
FieldList::hasTabSet() — Method in class FieldList
FieldList::HiddenFields() — Method in class FieldList
Return all fields in a form - including fields nested in {@link CompositeFields}.
Folder::hasChildren() — Method in class Folder
Returns true if this folder has children
Folder::hasChildFolders() — Method in class Folder
Returns true if this folder has children
Form::httpSubmission() — Method in class Form
Handle a form submission. GET and POST requests behave identically.
Form::handleField() — Method in class Form
Handle a field request.
Form::HiddenFields() — Method in class Form
Return all fields in a form - including fields nested in {@link CompositeFields}.
FormField::HolderID() — Method in class FormField
Returns the HTML ID for the form field holder element.
FormField::hasData() — Method in class FormField
Returns true if this field has its own data.
FormField::hasClass() — Method in class FormField
Form_FieldMap::hasMethod() — Method in class Form_FieldMap
Ensure that all potential method calls get passed to __call(), therefore to dataFieldByName
GDBackend::hasImageResource() — Method in class GDBackend
hasImageResource
GDBackend::hasGD() — Method in class GDBackend
GridField::handleAlterAction() — Method in class GridField
Pass an action on the first GridField_ActionProvider that matches the $actionName.
GridField::handleRequest() — Method in class GridField
Custom request handler that will check component handlers before proceeding to the default implementation.
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
Manipulate the state to add a new relation
GridFieldDeleteAction::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
Handle the actions and apply any changes to the GridField
GridFieldDetailForm::handleItem() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldEditButton::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
Handle the actions and apply any changes to the GridField.
GridFieldExportButton::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
Handle an action on the given {@link GridField}.
GridFieldExportButton::handleExport() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
Handle the export, for both the action button and the URL
GridFieldFilterHeader::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
Handle an action on the given {@link GridField}.
GridFieldPaginator::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
GridFieldPrintButton::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
Handle the print action.
GridFieldPrintButton::handlePrint() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
Handle the print, for both the action button and the URL
GridFieldSortableHeader::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
Handle an action on the given {@link GridField}.
GridField_ActionProvider::handleAction() — Method in class GridField_ActionProvider
Handle an action on the given {@link GridField}.
GridField_SaveHandler::handleSave() — Method in class GridField_SaveHandler
Called when a grid field is saved - i.e. the form is submitted.
HTMLCleanerClass in namespace
Base class for HTML cleaning implementations.
HTMLTextClass in namespace
Represents a large text field that contains HTML content.
HTMLVarcharClass in namespace
Represents a short text field that is intended to contain HTML content.
HTTPClass in namespace
A class with HTTP-related helpers.
HTTPCacheControlClass in namespace
Class HTTPCacheControl
HTTPCacheControl::hasDirective() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
Low level method to check if a directive is currently set
HasManyListClass in namespace
Subclass of {@link DataList} representing a has_many relation.
HeaderFieldClass in namespace
Field that generates a heading tag.
HiddenClassClass in namespace
Anything that implements HiddenClass won't be shown in user-interface elements. For example, DataObjects that implement HiddenClass won't be showing in the "new page" dropdown.
HiddenFieldClass in namespace
Hidden field.
HierarchyClass in namespace
DataObjects that use the Hierarchy extension can be be organised as a hierarchy, with children and parents. The most obvious example of this is SiteTree.
HourlyTaskClass in namespace
Classes that must be run hourly extend this class
HtmlEditorConfigClass in namespace
A PHP version of TinyMCE's configuration, to allow various parameters to be configured on a site or section basis
HtmlEditorFieldClass in namespace
A TinyMCE-powered WYSIWYG HTML editor field with image and link insertion and tracking capabilities. Editor fields are created from <textarea> tags, which are then converted with JavaScript.
HtmlEditorField_EmbedClass in namespace
Encapsulation of an oembed tag, linking to an external media source.
HtmlEditorField_FileClass in namespace
Encapsulation of a file which can either be a remote URL or a {@link File} on the local filesystem, exhibiting common properties such as file name or the URL.
HtmlEditorField_ImageClass in namespace
Encapsulation of an image tag, linking to an image either internal or external to the site.
HtmlEditorField_ReadonlyClass in namespace
Readonly version of an {@link HTMLEditorField}.
HtmlEditorField_ToolbarClass in namespace
Toolbar shared by all instances of {@link HTMLEditorField}, to avoid too much markup duplication.
HtmlEditorSanitiserClass in namespace
Sanitises an HTMLValue so it's contents are the elements and attributes that are whitelisted using the same configuration as TinyMCE
Image_Backend::hasImageResource() — Method in class Image_Backend
hasImageResource
ImagickBackend::hasImageResource() — Method in class ImagickBackend
hasImageResource
Injector::hasService() — Method in class Injector
Does the given service exist, and if so, what's the stored name for it?
LeftAndMain::handleRequest() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Executes this controller, and return an {@link SS_HTTPResponse} object with the result.
ModelAsController::handleRequest() — Method in class ModelAsController
Money::hasAmount() — Method in class Money
MySQLSchemaManager::hasTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Returns true if the given table is exists in the current database
Oembed::handle_shortcode() — Method in class Oembed
Oembed_Result::hasField() — Method in class Oembed_Result
Wrap the check for looking into Oembed JSON within $this->data.
PhpUnitWrapper::has_php_unit() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
Returns true if one of the two supported PHPUNIT versions is installed.
ReportAdmin::has_reports() — Method in class ReportAdmin
Determine if we have reports and need to display the "Reports" main menu item in the CMS.
RequestHandler::handleRequest() — Method in class RequestHandler
Handles URL requests.
RequestHandler::hasAction() — Method in class RequestHandler
Checks if this request handler has a specific action, even if the current user cannot access it.
RequestHandler::httpError() — Method in class RequestHandler
Throws a HTTP error response encased in a {@link SS_HTTPResponse_Exception}, which is later caught in {@link RequestHandler::handleAction()} and returned to the user.
RestfulService::httpHeader() — Method in class RestfulService
Set a custom HTTP header
RootURLController::handleRequest() — Method in class RootURLController
SSViewer::hasTemplate() — Method in class SSViewer
Returns true if at least one of the listed templates exists.
SS_ClassLoader::hasManifest() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader
Returns true if this class loader has a manifest.
SS_ClassManifest::handleDir() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
SS_ClassManifest::handleFile() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
SS_ConfigStaticManifest::handleFile() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest
SS_Database::hasTable() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::hasField() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_HTTPRequest::httpMethod() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_Object::has_extension() — Method in class SS_Object
Return TRUE if a class has a specified extension.
SS_Object::hasMethod() — Method in class SS_Object
Return TRUE if a method exists on this object
SS_Object::hasExtension() — Method in class SS_Object
Returns TRUE if this object instance has a specific extension applied in {@link $extension_instances}. Extension instances are initialized at constructor time, meaning if you use {@link add_extension()} afterwards, the added extension will just be added to new instances of the extended class. Use the static method {@link has_extension()} to check if a class (not an instance) has a specific extension.
SS_TemplateManifest::handleFile() — Method in class SS_TemplateManifest
Security::has_default_admin() — Method in class Security
Check that the default admin account has been set.
SelectionGroup::hasData() — Method in class SelectionGroup
Returns true if this field has its own data.
UploadField::handleItem() — Method in class UploadField
UploadField::handleSelect() — Method in class UploadField
Versioned::hasVersionField() — Method in class Versioned
Check if a certain table has the 'Version' field.
ViewableData::hasField() — Method in class ViewableData
Check if a field exists on this object. This should be overloaded in child classes.
ViewableData::hasValue() — Method in class ViewableData
Checks if a given method/field has a valid value. If the result is an object, this will return the result of the exists method, otherwise will check if the result is not just an empty paragraph tag.
ViewableData_Customised::hasMethod() — Method in class ViewableData_Customised
Return TRUE if a method exists on this object
VirtualPage::hasField() — Method in class VirtualPage
VirtualPage::hasMethod() — Method in class VirtualPage
Overwrite to also check for method on the original data object
VirtualPage_Controller::hasMethod() — Method in class VirtualPage_Controller
Also check the original object's original controller for the method

I

ArrayLib::invert() — Method in class ArrayLib
Inverses the first and second level keys of an associative array, keying the result by the second level, and combines all first level entries within them.
ArrayLib::is_associative() — Method in class ArrayLib
Determines if an array is associative by checking for existing keys via array_key_exists().
ArrayLib::in_array_recursive() — Method in class ArrayLib
Recursively searches an array $haystack for the value(s) $needle.
AssetAdmin::init() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Set up the controller, in particular, re-sync the File database with the assets folder./
Authenticator::is_registered() — Method in class Authenticator
Check if a given authenticator is registered
BuildTask::isEnabled() — Method in class BuildTask
CMSMain::init() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::index() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSPagesController::isCurrentPage() — Method in class CMSPagesController
Compares a given record to the currently selected one (if any).
CMSSecurity::init() — Method in class CMSSecurity
Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
CMSSiteTreeFilter::isPageIncluded() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
Returns TRUE if the given page should be included in the tree.
ClassInfo::implementorsOf() — Method in class ClassInfo
CleanImageManipulationCache::init() — Method in class CleanImageManipulationCache
Check that the user has appropriate permissions to execute this task
CliController::init() — Method in class CliController
Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
CliController::index() — Method in class CliController
ComparisonFilter::isEmpty() — Method in class ComparisonFilter
Determines if a field has a value, and that the filter should be applied.
CompositeDBField::isChanged() — Method in class CompositeDBField
Determines if the field has been changed since its initialization.
CompositeField::isComposite() — Method in class CompositeField
Returns true if this field is a composite field.
CompositeField::insertBefore() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeField::insertAfter() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeField::IsReadonly() — Method in class CompositeField
Config::inst() — Method in class Config
Get the current active Config instance.
ConfirmedPasswordField::isSaveable() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Determines if the field was actually shown on the client side - if not, we don't validate or save it.
ContentController::init() — Method in class ContentController
Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
Controller::init() — Method in class Controller
Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
CurrentPageIdentifier::isCurrentPage() — Method in class CurrentPageIdentifier
Check if the given DataObject is the current page.
DB::inline_parameters() — Method in class DB
DB::is_active() — Method in class DB
Check if the connection to the database is active.
DB::isActive() — Method in class DB
DBConnector::isQueryMutable() — Method in class DBConnector
Determine if this SQL statement is a destructive operation (write or ddl)
DBConnector::isQueryDDL() — Method in class DBConnector
Determine if this SQL statement is a DDL operation
DBConnector::isQueryWrite() — Method in class DBConnector
Determine if this SQL statement is a write operation (alters content but not structure)
DBConnector::isActive() — Method in class DBConnector
Determines if we are connected to a server AND have a valid database selected.
DBSchemaManager::isSchemaUpdating() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Returns true if we are during a schema update.
DBSchemaManager::IdColumn() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
This returns the data type for the id column which is the primary key for each table
DBSchemaManager::indexList() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Return the list of indexes in a table.
DataDifferencer::ignoreFields() — Method in class DataDifferencer
Specify some fields to ignore changes from. Repeated calls are cumulative.
DataList::innerJoin() — Method in class DataList
Return a new DataList instance with an inner join clause added to this list's query.
DataList::insertFirst() — Method in class DataList
This method won't function on DataLists due to the specific query that it represent
DataModel::inst() — Method in class DataModel
Get the global DataModel.
DataObject::is_composite_field() — Method in class DataObject
Returns the field class if the given db field on the class is a composite field.
DataObject::isEmpty() — Method in class DataObject
Returns TRUE if all values (other than "ID") are considered empty (by weak boolean comparison).
DataObject::i18n_singular_name() — Method in class DataObject
Get the translated user friendly singular name of this DataObject same as singular_name() but runs it through the translating function
DataObject::i18n_plural_name() — Method in class DataObject
Get the translated user friendly plural name of this DataObject Same as plural_name but runs it through the translation function Translation string is in the form: $this->class.PLURALNAME Example: Page.PLURALNAME
DataObject::isChanged() — Method in class DataObject
Uses {@link getChangedFields()} to determine if fields have been changed since loading them from the database.
DataObject::inheritedDatabaseFields() — Method in class DataObject
Returns fields bu traversing the class heirachy in a bottom-up direction.
DataObject::isInDB() — Method in class DataObject
DataQuery::initialiseQuery() — Method in class DataQuery
Set up the simplest initial query
DataQuery::innerJoin() — Method in class DataQuery
Add an INNER JOIN clause to this query.
DatabaseAdmin::init() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
DatabaseAdmin::index() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
When we're called as /dev/build, that's actually the index. Do the same as /dev/build/build.
Date::InPast() — Method in class Date
Returns true if date is in the past.
Date::InFuture() — Method in class Date
Returns true if date is in the future.
Date::IsToday() — Method in class Date
Returns true if date is today.
Decimal::Int() — Method in class Decimal
DevelopmentAdmin::init() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
DevelopmentAdmin::index() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
Diff::isEmpty() — Method in class Diff
Check for empty diff.
Director::is_https() — Method in class Director
Return whether the site is running as under HTTPS.
Director::is_absolute() — Method in class Director
Returns true if a given path is absolute. Works under both *nix and windows systems
Director::is_absolute_url() — Method in class Director
Checks if a given URL is absolute (e.g. starts with 'http://' etc.).
Director::is_relative_url() — Method in class Director
Checks if a given URL is relative by checking {@link is_absolute_url()}.
Director::is_site_url() — Method in class Director
Checks if the given URL is belonging to this "site" (not an external link).
Director::is_ajax() — Method in class Director
Checks if the current HTTP-Request is an "Ajax-Request" by checking for a custom header set by jQuery or wether a manually set request-parameter 'ajax' is present.
Director::is_cli() — Method in class Director
Returns true if this script is being run from the command line rather than the webserver.
Director::isLive() — Method in class Director
Director::isDev() — Method in class Director
This function will return true if the site is in a development environment.
Director::isTest() — Method in class Director
This function will return true if the site is in a test environment.
DropdownField::isSelected() — Method in class DropdownField
Email::IsEmail() — Method in class Email
Used by {@link SSViewer} templates to detect if we're rendering an email template rather than a page template
Email::is_valid_address() — Method in class Email
Validates the email address to get as close to RFC 822 compliant as possible.
EncryptAllPasswordsTask::init() — Method in class EncryptAllPasswordsTask
ExactMatchFilter::isEmpty() — Method in class ExactMatchFilter
Determines if a field has a value, and that the filter should be applied.
FieldList::insertBefore() — Method in class FieldList
Inserts a field before a particular field in a FieldList.
FieldList::insertAfter() — Method in class FieldList
Inserts a field after a particular field in a FieldList.
File::Icon() — Method in class File
Return the relative URL of an icon for the file type, based on the {@link appCategory()} value.
File::ini2bytes() — Method in class File
Convert a php.ini value (eg: 512M) to bytes
Filesystem::isAbsolute() — Method in class Filesystem
Returns true if the given filename is an absolute file reference.
Folder::Icon() — Method in class Folder
Return the relative URL of an icon for this file type
$FormProperty in class Form
FormField::ID() — Method in class FormField
Returns the HTML ID of the field.
FormField::isComposite() — Method in class FormField
Returns true if this field is a composite field.
FormField::isReadonly() — Method in class FormField
FormField::isDisabled() — Method in class FormField
$FormScaffolderProperty in class FormScaffolder
FulltextFilter::isEmpty() — Method in class FulltextFilter
Determines if a field has a value, and that the filter should be applied.
GDBackend::imageAvailable() — Method in class GDBackend
GridField::index() — Method in class GridField
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::ItemEditForm() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
Builds an item edit form. The arguments to getCMSFields() are the popupController and popupFormName, however this is an experimental API and may change.
HTMLCleaner::inst() — Method in class HTMLCleaner
Experimental inst class to create a default html cleaner class
HiddenField::IsHidden() — Method in class HiddenField
Hierarchy::isMarked() — Method in class Hierarchy
Check if this DataObject is marked.
Hierarchy::isExpanded() — Method in class Hierarchy
Check if this DataObject is expanded.
Hierarchy::isTreeOpened() — Method in class Hierarchy
Check if this DataObject's tree is opened.
HtmlEditorConfig::insertButtonsBefore() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
Insert buttons before the first occurance of another button
HtmlEditorConfig::insertButtonsAfter() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
Insert buttons after the first occurance of another button
HtmlEditorField::include_js() — Method in class HtmlEditorField
IPhpUnitWrapperClass in namespace
Interface, implementing the general PHPUnit wrapper API.
IPhpUnitWrapper::init() — Method in class IPhpUnitWrapper
ImageClass in namespace
Represents an Image
Image::isSize() — Method in class Image
Determine if this image is of the specified size
Image::isWidth() — Method in class Image
Determine if this image is of the specified width
Image::isHeight() — Method in class Image
Determine if this image is of the specified width
Image_BackendClass in namespace
Image_Backend
Image_Backend::imageAvailable() — Method in class Image_Backend
imageAvailable
Image_CachedClass in namespace
A resized / processed {@link Image} object.
ImagickBackendClass in namespace
ImagickBackend::imageAvailable() — Method in class ImagickBackend
InjectionCreatorClass in namespace
A class for creating new objects by the injector.
InjectorClass in namespace
A simple injection manager that manages creating objects and injecting dependencies between them. It borrows quite a lot from ideas taken from Spring's configuration, but is adapted to the stateless PHP way of doing things.
Injector::inst() — Method in class Injector
If a user wants to use the injector as a static reference
Injector::inject() — Method in class Injector
Inject $object with available objects from the service cache
InlineFormActionClass in namespace
Render a button that will submit the form its contained in through ajax.
InlineFormAction::includeDefaultJS() — Method in class InlineFormAction
Optionally disable the default javascript include (framework/javascript/InlineFormAction.js), which routes to an "admin-custom"-URL.
InlineFormAction_ReadOnlyClass in namespace
Readonly version of {@link InlineFormAction}.
InstallerTestClass in namespace
Simple controller that the installer uses to test that URL rewriting is working.
IntClass in namespace
JSTestRunner::init() — Method in class JSTestRunner
Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
LeftAndMain::init() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::index() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::isCurrentPage() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Compares a given record to the currently selected one (if any).
LeftAndMainExtension::init() — Method in class LeftAndMainExtension
$LeftAndMainMarkingFilterProperty in class LeftAndMainMarkingFilter
LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension::init() — Method in class LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension
LeftAndMain_HTTPResponse::isFinished() — Method in class LeftAndMain_HTTPResponse
Returns true if this response is "finished", that is, no more script execution should be done.
LeftAndMain_SearchFilter::isPageIncluded() — Method in class LeftAndMain_SearchFilter
Returns TRUE if the given page should be included in the tree.
$LoginAttemptProperty in class LoginAttempt
IP address of user attempting to login
Member::isDefaultAdmin() — Method in class Member
Check if this user is the currently configured default admin
Member::isLockedOut() — Method in class Member
Returns true if this user is locked out
Member::isPasswordExpired() — Method in class Member
Member::inGroups() — Method in class Member
Check if the member is in one of the given groups.
Member::inGroup() — Method in class Member
Check if the member is in the given group or any parent groups.
ModelAdmin::init() — Method in class ModelAdmin
Initialize the model admin interface. Sets up embedded jquery libraries and requisite plugins.
ModelAdmin::ImportForm() — Method in class ModelAdmin
Generate a CSV import form for a single {@link DataObject} subclass.
ModelAdmin::import() — Method in class ModelAdmin
Imports the submitted CSV file based on specifications given in {@link self::model_importers}.
ModelAsController::init() — Method in class ModelAsController
Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
Money::isChanged() — Method in class Money
Determines if the field has been changed since its initialization.
MySQLSchemaManager::isView() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
MySQLSchemaManager::indexList() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return the list of indexes in a table.
MySQLSchemaManager::int() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Return a int type-formatted string
MySQLSchemaManager::IdColumn() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
This returns the data type for the id column which is the primary key for each table
MySQLiConnector::isActive() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Determines if we are connected to a server AND have a valid database selected.
Oembed::is_enabled() — Method in class Oembed
PDOConnector::is_emulate_prepare() — Method in class PDOConnector
Is PDO running in emulated mode
PDOConnector::isActive() — Method in class PDOConnector
Determines if we are connected to a server AND have a valid database selected.
PartialMatchFilter::isEmpty() — Method in class PartialMatchFilter
Determines if a field has a value, and that the filter should be applied.
PhpUnitWrapper::inst() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
Loads and initiates phpunit, based on the available phpunit version.
PhpUnitWrapper::init() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
Implements method, defined in the interface IPhpUnitWrapper:init (see IPhpUnitWrapper).
PhpUnitWrapper_3_4::init() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper_3_4
Initialise the wrapper class.
PhpUnitWrapper_3_5::init() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper_3_5
Initialise the wrapper class.
PolymorphicForeignKey::isChanged() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
Determines if the field has been changed since its initialization.
$ProfilerProperty in class Profiler
Profiler::init() — Method in class Profiler
RedirectorPage_Controller::init() — Method in class RedirectorPage_Controller
RegenerateCachedImagesTask::init() — Method in class RegenerateCachedImagesTask
Check that the user has appropriate permissions to execute this task
RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::init() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::index() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
ReportAdmin::init() — Method in class ReportAdmin
Requirements::insertHeadTags() — Method in class Requirements
Add the following custom HTML code to the section of the page
Requirements::includeInHTML() — Method in class Requirements
Update the given HTML content with the appropriate include tags for the registered requirements. Needs to receive a valid HTML/XHTML template in the $content parameter, including a head and body tag.
Requirements::include_in_response() — Method in class Requirements
Attach requirements inclusion to X-Include-JS and X-Include-CSS headers on the given HTTP Response
Requirements_Backend::insertHeadTags() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Add the following custom HTML code to the section of the page
Requirements_Backend::includeInHTML() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Update the given HTML content with the appropriate include tags for the registered requirements. Needs to receive a valid HTML/XHTML template in the $content parameter, including a head and body tag.
Requirements_Backend::include_in_response() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Attach requirements inclusion to X-Include-JS and X-Include-CSS headers on the given HTTP Response
SQLAssignmentRow::isEmpty() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow
Determine if this assignment is empty
SQLConditionalExpression::isJoinedTo() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Returns true if we are already joining to the given table alias
SQLConditionalExpression::isEmpty() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Determine if this query is empty, and thus cannot be executed
SQLExpression::isEmpty() — Method in class SQLExpression
Determine if this query is empty, and thus cannot be executed
SQLInsert::isEmpty() — Method in class SQLInsert
Determine if this query is empty, and thus cannot be executed
SQLQuery_ParameterInjector::injectConditions() — Method in class SQLQuery_ParameterInjector
Given a list of parameterised conditions, return a flattened list of condition strings
SQLUpdate::isEmpty() — Method in class SQLUpdate
Determine if this query is empty, and thus cannot be executed
SSTemplateParser::InjectionVariables__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::InjectionVariables_InjectionName() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::InjectionVariables_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::InjectionVariables__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Injection_STR() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::IfArgumentPortion_STR() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::IfArgument_IfArgumentPortion() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::IfArgument_BooleanOperator() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::If_IfPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::If_ElseIfPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::If_ElsePart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Include__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Include_Template() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Include_NamedArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Include__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSViewer::includeRequirements() — Method in class SSViewer
Flag whether to include the requirements in this response.
SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::iteratorProperties() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Set the current iterator properties - where we are on the iterator.
SS_ClassLoader::instance() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader
SS_Database::isActive() — Method in class SS_Database
Determines if we are connected to a server AND have a valid database selected.
SS_Database::isSchemaUpdating() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_HTMLValue::isValid() — Method in class SS_HTMLValue
Is this HTMLValue in an errored state?
SS_HTTPRequest::isGET() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::isPOST() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::isPUT() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::isDELETE() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::isHEAD() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::isMedia() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
Checks if the {@link SS_HTTPRequest->getExtension()} on this request matches one of the more common media types embedded into a webpage - e.g. css, png.
SS_HTTPRequest::isAjax() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
Returns true if this request an ajax request, based on custom HTTP ajax added by common JavaScript libraries, or based on an explicit "ajax" request parameter.
SS_HTTPRequest::isEmptyPattern() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
Returns true if this is a URL that will match without shifting off any of the URL.
SS_HTTPResponse::isError() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
Returns true if this HTTP response is in error
SS_HTTPResponse::isFinished() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
Returns true if this response is "finished", that is, no more script execution should be done.
SS_Object::is_a() — Method in class SS_Object
Check if this class is an instance of a specific class, or has that class as one of its parents
SS_Object::invokeWithExtensions() — Method in class SS_Object
Calls a method if available on both this object and all applied {@link Extensions}, and then attempts to merge all results into an array
SS_ReportWrapper::ID() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
SS_TemplateLoader::instance() — Method in class SS_TemplateLoader
SapphireInfo::init() — Method in class SapphireInfo
Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
SapphireREPL::index() — Method in class SapphireREPL
SapphireTest::is_running_test() — Method in class SapphireTest
Determines if unit tests are currently run (via {@link TestRunner}).
ScheduledTask::init() — Method in class ScheduledTask
Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
SearchFilter::isEmpty() — Method in class SearchFilter
Determines if a field has a value, and that the filter should be applied.
Security::init() — Method in class Security
Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
Security::index() — Method in class Security
Security::ignore_disallowed_actions() — Method in class Security
SecurityAdmin::init() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
SecurityToken::inst() — Method in class SecurityToken
Gets a global token (or creates one if it doesnt exist already).
SecurityToken::is_enabled() — Method in class SecurityToken
SecurityToken::isEnabled() — Method in class SecurityToken
You can't disable an existing instance, it will need to be overwritten like this: $old = SecurityToken::inst(); // isEnabled() returns true SecurityToken::disable(); $new = SecurityToken::inst(); // isEnabled() returns false
Session::inst_start() — Method in class Session
Session::inst_destroy() — Method in class Session
Session::inst_set() — Method in class Session
Session::inst_addToArray() — Method in class Session
Session::inst_get() — Method in class Session
Session::inst_clear() — Method in class Session
Session::inst_clearAll() — Method in class Session
Session::inst_getAll() — Method in class Session
Session::inst_finalize() — Method in class Session
Session::inst_save() — Method in class Session
Save data to session Only save the changes, so that anyone manipulating $_SESSION directly doesn't get burned.
Session::inst_changedData() — Method in class Session
Return the changed data, for debugging purposes.
ShortcodeParser::img_shortcode() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::isActive() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
As items might convey different record states like a "stage" or "live" table, an item can be active (showing the record in this state).
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::isArchived() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
Counts as "archived" if the current record is a different version from both live and draft.
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::isActive() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
As items might convey different record states like a "stage" or "live" table, an item can be active (showing the record in this state).
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::isActive() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink
As items might convey different record states like a "stage" or "live" table, an item can be active (showing the record in this state).
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::isActive() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
As items might convey different record states like a "stage" or "live" table, an item can be active (showing the record in this state).
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::isActive() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
As items might convey different record states like a "stage" or "live" table, an item can be active (showing the record in this state).
IPUtilsClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Util
Http utility functions.
SiteConfigLeftAndMain::init() — Method in class SiteConfigLeftAndMain
Initialises the {@link SiteConfig} controller.
SiteTree::isCurrent() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns true if this is the currently active page being used to handle this request.
SiteTree::isSection() — Method in class SiteTree
Check if this page is in the currently active section (e.g. it is either current or one of its children is currently being viewed).
SiteTree::isOrphaned() — Method in class SiteTree
Check if the parent of this page has been removed (or made otherwise unavailable), and is still referenced by this child. Any such orphaned page may still require access via the CMS, but should not be shown as accessible to external users.
SiteTree::InSection() — Method in class SiteTree
Check if this page is in the given current section.
SiteTree::isNew() — Method in class SiteTree
Check if this page is new - that is, if it has yet to have been written to the database.
SiteTree::isPublished() — Method in class SiteTree
Check if this page has been published.
SiteTree::i18n_singular_name() — Method in class SiteTree
Return the translated Singular name.
Tab::id() — Method in class Tab
TabSet::id() — Method in class TabSet
TabSet::insertBefore() — Method in class TabSet
Inserts a field before a particular field in a FieldList.
TabSet::insertAfter() — Method in class TabSet
Inserts a field after a particular field in a FieldList.
TaskRunner::init() — Method in class TaskRunner
Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
TaskRunner::index() — Method in class TaskRunner
TemplateIteratorProvider::iteratorProperties() — Method in class TemplateIteratorProvider
Set the current iterator properties - where we are on the iterator.
TestRunner::init() — Method in class TestRunner
Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.
TextField::InternallyLabelledField() — Method in class TextField
Upload::isError() — Method in class Upload
Determines wether previous operations caused an error.
UploadField::isActive() — Method in class UploadField
Returns true if the field is neither readonly nor disabled
UploadField_SelectHandler::index() — Method in class UploadField_SelectHandler
Upload_Validator::isValidSize() — Method in class Upload_Validator
Determines if the bytesize of an uploaded file is valid - can be defined on an extension-by-extension basis in {@link $allowedMaxFileSize}
Upload_Validator::isValidExtension() — Method in class Upload_Validator
Determines if the temporary file has a valid extension An empty string in the validation map indicates files without an extension.
Varchar::Initial() — Method in class Varchar
Return the first letter of the string followed by a .
Versioned::isLatestVersion() — Method in class Versioned
Returns whether the current record is the latest one.
VirtualPage::isPublishable() — Method in class VirtualPage
Returns true if is page is publishable by anyone at all Return false if the source page isn't published yet.
VirtualPage_Controller::init() — Method in class VirtualPage_Controller
When the virtualpage is loaded, check to see if the versions are the same if not, reload the content.
YamlFixture::idFromFixture() — Method in class YamlFixture
Get the ID of an object from the fixture.
i18nClass in namespace
Base-class for storage and retrieval of translated entities.
i18n::include_by_locale() — Method in class i18n
Includes all available language files for a certain defined locale.
i18n::include_by_class() — Method in class i18n
Given a class name (a "locale namespace"), will search for its module and, if available, will load the resources for the currently defined locale.
i18nEntityProviderClass in namespace
Dynamically provide translatable entites for the {@link i18n} logic.
i18nRailsYamlAdapterClass in namespace
i18nSSLegacyAdapterClass in namespace
i18nSSLegacyAdapter_IteratorClass in namespace
i18nTextCollectorClass in namespace
SilverStripe-variant of the "gettext" tool: Parses the string content of all PHP-files and SilverStripe templates for ocurrences of the _t() translation method. Also uses the {@link i18nEntityProvider} interface to get dynamically defined entities by executing the {@link provideI18nEntities()} method on all implementors of this interface.
i18nTextCollectorTaskClass in namespace
i18nTextCollectorTask::init() — Method in class i18nTextCollectorTask
i18nTextCollector_ParserClass in namespace
Parser that scans through a template and extracts the parameters to the _t and <%t calls
i18nTextCollector_WriterClass in namespace
Allows serialization of entity definitions collected through {@link i18nTextCollector} into a persistent format, usually on the filesystem.
i18nTextCollector_Writer_PhpClass in namespace
Legacy writer for 2.x style persistence.
i18nTextCollector_Writer_RailsYamlClass in namespace
Writes files compatible with {@link i18nRailsYamlAdapter}.
i18nTranslateAdapterInterfaceClass in namespace
Makes the {@link Zend_Translate_Adapter} base class aware of file naming conventions within SilverStripe.

J

Controller::join_links() — Method in class Controller
Joins two or more link segments together, putting a slash between them if necessary.
Convert::json2obj() — Method in class Convert
Convert a JSON encoded string into an object.
Convert::json2array() — Method in class Convert
Convert a JSON string into an array.
DBField::JS() — Method in class DBField
DBField::JSON() — Method in class DBField
Return JSON encoded value
JSONDataFormatterClass in namespace
JSTestRunnerClass in namespace
Controller that executes QUnit tests via jQuery.
PhoneNumberField::joinPhoneNumber() — Method in class PhoneNumberField
Requirements::javascript() — Method in class Requirements
Register the given JavaScript file as required.
Requirements::javascriptTemplate() — Method in class Requirements
Include the content of the given JavaScript file in the list of requirements. Dollar-sign variables will be interpolated with values from $vars similar to a .ss template.
Requirements_Backend::javascript() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Register the given JavaScript file as required.
Requirements_Backend::javascriptTemplate() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Include the content of the given JavaScript file in the list of requirements. Dollar-sign variables will be interpolated with values from $vars similar to a .ss template.
ViewableData::JS_val() — Method in class ViewableData
Return the value of a field in a JavaScript-save format.

K

CSVParser::key() — Method in class CSVParser
SS_DAG_Iterator::key() — Method in class SS_DAG_Iterator
SS_Map::keys() — Method in class SS_Map
Return all the keys of this map.
SS_Map_Iterator::key() — Method in class SS_Map_Iterator
Return the key of the current element.
SS_Query::keyedColumn() — Method in class SS_Query
Return an array containing all values in the leftmost column, where the keys are the same as the values.
SS_Query::key() — Method in class SS_Query
Iterator function implementation. Return the row number of the current item.
SapphireTest::kill_temp_db() — Method in class SapphireTest
i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator::key() — Method in class i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator

L

ArrayList::limit() — Method in class ArrayList
Get a sub-range of this dataobjectset as an array
ArrayList::last() — Method in class ArrayList
Returns the last item in the list
BulkLoader::load() — Method in class BulkLoader
BulkLoader_Result::LastChange() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
Returns the last change.
CMSBatchActionHandler::Link() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.
CMSMain::Link() — Method in class CMSMain
Override {@link LeftAndMain} Link to allow blank URL segment for CMSMain.
CMSMain::LinkPages() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::LinkPagesWithSearch() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::LinkTreeView() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::LinkListView() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::LinkGalleryView() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::LinkPageEdit() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::LinkPageSettings() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::LinkPageHistory() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::LinkWithSearch() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::LinkPageAdd() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::LinkPreview() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::listview() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::ListViewForm() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSPagesController::LinkPreview() — Method in class CMSPagesController
CMSPreviewable::Link() — Method in class CMSPreviewable
CMSSecurity::Link() — Method in class CMSSecurity
Get a link to a security action
CMSSecurity::LoginForm() — Method in class CMSSecurity
Get the login form to process according to the submitted data
CacheProxy::load() — Method in class CacheProxy
ContentController::Link() — Method in class ContentController
Return the link to this controller, but force the expanded link to be returned so that form methods and similar will function properly.
ContentController::LoginForm() — Method in class ContentController
Returns the default log-in form.
Convert::linkIfMatch() — Method in class Convert
Create a link if the string is a valid URL
$DBProperty in class DB
The last SQL query run.
DataList::limit() — Method in class DataList
Return a new DataList instance with the records returned in this query restricted by a limit clause.
DataList::leftJoin() — Method in class DataList
Return a new DataList instance with a left join clause added to this list's query.
DataList::last() — Method in class DataList
Returns the last item in this DataList
DataQuery::lastRow() — Method in class DataQuery
Return the last row that would be returned by this full DataQuery Note that this will issue a separate SELECT .
DataQuery::limit() — Method in class DataQuery
Set the limit of this query.
DataQuery::leftJoin() — Method in class DataQuery
Add a LEFT JOIN clause to this query.
DatabaseAdmin::lastBuilt() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin
Returns the timestamp of the time that the database was last built
Date::Long() — Method in class Date
Returns the date in the format 24 December 2006
Debug::log() — Method in class Debug
Log to a standard text file output.
Debug::loadErrorHandlers() — Method in class Debug
Load error handlers into environment.
Diff::lcs() — Method in class Diff
Compute the length of the Longest Common Subsequence (LCS).
File::link_shortcode_handler() — Method in class File
Replace "[file_link id=n]" shortcode with an anchor tag or link to the file.
File::Link() — Method in class File
Just an alias function to keep a consistent API with SiteTree
Form::loadDataFrom() — Method in class Form
Load data from the given DataObject or array.
FormField::Link() — Method in class FormField
Return a link to this field.
FormField::LeftTitle() — Method in class FormField
FunctionalTest::logInAs() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Log in as the given member
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::Link() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.
Hierarchy::loadDescendantIDListInto() — Method in class Hierarchy
Get a list of this DataObject's and all it's descendants ID, and put them in $idList.
Hierarchy::liveChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy
Return children in the live site, if it exists.
HtmlEditorField_Toolbar::LinkForm() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Toolbar
Return a {@link Form} instance allowing a user to add links in the TinyMCE content editor.
Image::loadUploadedImage() — Method in class Image
File names are filtered through {@link FileNameFilter}, see class documentation on how to influence this behaviour.
Injector::load() — Method in class Injector
Load services using the passed in configuration for those services
JSTestRunner::Link() — Method in class JSTestRunner
Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.
LabelFieldClass in namespace
Simple label, to add extra text in your forms.
LeftAndMainClass in namespace
LeftAndMain is the parent class of all the two-pane views in the CMS.
LeftAndMain::Link() — Method in class LeftAndMain
You should implement a Link() function in your subclass of LeftAndMain, to point to the URL of that particular controller.
LeftAndMain::LinkPreview() — Method in class LeftAndMain
URL to a previewable record which is shown through this controller.
LeftAndMain::Locale() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMainExtensionClass in namespace
Plug-ins for additional functionality in your LeftAndMain classes.
LeftAndMainMarkingFilterClass in namespace
LeftAndMainPageIconsExtensionClass in namespace
Extension to include custom page icons
LeftAndMain_HTTPResponseClass in namespace
Allow overriding finished state for faux redirects.
LeftAndMain_SearchFilterClass in namespace
Abstract interface for a class which may be used to filter the results displayed in a nested tree
LeftAndMain_TreeNodeClass in namespace
Wrapper around objects being displayed in a tree.
LessThanFilterClass in namespace
Selects numerical/date content less than the input
LessThanOrEqualFilterClass in namespace
Selects numerical/date content less than or equal to the input
ListboxFieldClass in namespace
Multi-line listbox field, created from a select tag.
LiteralFieldClass in namespace
This field lets you put an arbitrary piece of HTML into your forms.
LoginAttemptClass in namespace
Record all login attempts through the {@link LoginForm} object.
LoginFormClass in namespace
Abstract base class for a login form
LookupFieldClass in namespace
Read-only complement of {@link DropdownField}.
ManifestCache::load() — Method in class ManifestCache
ManifestCache_APC::load() — Method in class ManifestCache_APC
ManifestCache_File::load() — Method in class ManifestCache_File
ManifestCache_File_PHP::load() — Method in class ManifestCache_File_PHP
$MemberProperty in class Member
@deprecated 4.0
$MemberProperty in class Member
$MemberProperty in class Member
Member::lock_out_after_incorrect_logins() — Method in class Member
Configure the security system to lock users out after this many incorrect logins
Member::logIn() — Method in class Member
Logs this member in
Member::logged_in_session_exists() — Method in class Member
Check if the member ID logged in session actually has a database record of the same ID. If there is no logged in user, FALSE is returned anyway.
Member::logOut() — Method in class Member
Logs this member out.
$MemberLoginFormProperty in class MemberLoginForm
This field is used in the "You are logged in as %s" message
MemberLoginForm::logout() — Method in class MemberLoginForm
Log out form handler method
MemberPassword::log() — Method in class MemberPassword
Log a password change from the given member.
ModelAdmin::Link() — Method in class ModelAdmin
You should implement a Link() function in your subclass of LeftAndMain, to point to the URL of that particular controller.
PaginatedList::LastItem() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns the number of the last item being displayed on this page.
PaginatedList::LastLink() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns a link to the last page.
RSSFeed::linkToFeed() — Method in class RSSFeed
Include an link to the feed
RSSFeed::Link() — Method in class RSSFeed
Get the URL of this feed
RedirectorPage::Link() — Method in class RedirectorPage
Return the the link that should be used for this redirector page, in navigation, etc.
RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::Link() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.
ReportAdmin::Link() — Method in class ReportAdmin
Returns the link to the report admin section, or the specific report that is currently displayed
RequestHandler::Link() — Method in class RequestHandler
Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.
SQLSelect::lastRow() — Method in class SQLSelect
Returns a query that returns only the last row of this query
SSTemplateParser::Lookup__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Lookup_AddLookupStep() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
The basic generated PHP of LookupStep and LastLookupStep is the same, except that LookupStep calls 'obj' to get the next ViewableData in the sequence, and LastLookupStep calls different methods (XML_val, hasValue, obj) depending on the context the lookup is used in.
SSTemplateParser::Lookup_LookupStep() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Lookup_LastLookupStep() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Last() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Returns true if this object is the last in a set.
SSViewer_Scope::locally() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
Called at the start of every lookup chain by SSTemplateParser to indicate a new lookup from local scope
SS_ClassLoader::loadClass() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader
Loads a class or interface if it is present in the currently active manifest.
SS_HTTPRequest::latestParams() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::latestParam() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_Limitable::limit() — Method in class SS_Limitable
Returns a new instance of this list where no more than $limit records are included.
SS_List::last() — Method in class SS_List
Returns the last item in the list.
SS_ListDecorator::Last() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
SS_ListDecorator::limit() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
Returns a new instance of this list where no more than $limit records are included.
$SS_LogProperty in class SS_Log
Logger class to use.
SS_Log::log() — Method in class SS_Log
Dispatch a message by priority level.
SapphireTest::loadFixture() — Method in class SapphireTest
Load a YAML fixture file into the database.
SapphireTest::logInWithPermission() — Method in class SapphireTest
Create a member and group with the given permission code, and log in with it.
Security::LoginForm() — Method in class Security
Get the login form to process according to the submitted data
Security::Link() — Method in class Security
Get a link to a security action
Security::logout() — Method in class Security
Log the currently logged in user out
Security::login() — Method in class Security
Show the "login" page
Security::lostpassword() — Method in class Security
Show the "lost password" page
Security::LostPasswordForm() — Method in class Security
Factory method for the lost password form
Security::login_recording() — Method in class Security
Security::login_url() — Method in class Security
Get the URL of the log-in page.
Security::logout_url() — Method in class Security
Get the URL of the logout page.
Security::lost_password_url() — Method in class Security
Get the URL of the logout page.
ServiceConfigurationLocator::locateConfigFor() — Method in class ServiceConfigurationLocator
Finds the Injector config for a named service.
SilverStripeServiceConfigurationLocator::locateConfigFor() — Method in class SilverStripeServiceConfigurationLocator
Finds the Injector config for a named service.
SiteTree::link_shortcode_handler() — Method in class SiteTree
Replace a "[sitetree_link id=n]" shortcode with a link to the page with the corresponding ID.
SiteTree::Link() — Method in class SiteTree
Return the link for this {@link SiteTree} object, with the {@link Director::baseURL()} included.
SiteTree::LinkOrCurrent() — Method in class SiteTree
Return "link" or "current" depending on if this is the {@link SiteTree::isCurrent()} current page.
SiteTree::LinkOrSection() — Method in class SiteTree
Return "link" or "section" depending on if this is the {@link SiteTree::isSeciton()} current section.
SiteTree::LinkingMode() — Method in class SiteTree
Return "link", "current" or "section" depending on if this page is the current page, or not on the current page but in the current section.
SiteTree::Level() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns the page in the current page stack of the given level. Level(1) will return the main menu item that we're currently inside, etc.
StringField::LimitCharacters() — Method in class StringField
Limit this field's content by a number of characters.
StringField::LimitCharactersToClosestWord() — Method in class StringField
Limit this field's content by a number of characters and truncate the field to the closest complete word. All HTML tags are stripped from the field.
StringField::LimitWordCount() — Method in class StringField
Limit this field's content by a number of words.
StringField::LimitWordCountXML() — Method in class StringField
Limit the number of words of the current field's content. This is XML safe, so characters like & are converted to &
StringField::LowerCase() — Method in class StringField
Converts the current value for this StringField to lowercase.
TestRunner::Link() — Method in class TestRunner
Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.
TestSession::lastResponse() — Method in class TestSession
Get the most recent response
TestSession::lastUrl() — Method in class TestSession
Return the fake HTTP_REFERER; set each time get() or post() is called.
TestSession::lastContent() — Method in class TestSession
Get the most recent response's content
TestSession::lastPage() — Method in class TestSession
Get the last response as a SimplePage object
Text::LimitSentences() — Method in class Text
Limit sentences, can be controlled by passing an integer.
$ToggleFieldProperty in class ToggleField
Text shown as a link to see the full content of the field.
$ToggleFieldProperty in class ToggleField
Text shown as a link to see the partial view of the field content.
UnsavedRelationList::last() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Returns the last item in the list
Upload::load() — Method in class Upload
Save an file passed from a form post into this object.
Upload::loadIntoFile() — Method in class Upload
Load temporary PHP-upload into File-object.
UploadField_ItemHandler::Link() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
UploadField_SelectHandler::Link() — Method in class UploadField_SelectHandler
Versioned::latestPublished() — Method in class Versioned
Is the latest version of the object published?
VirtualPage_Controller::loadcontentall() — Method in class VirtualPage_Controller
i18nTextCollector_Writer_Php::langArrayCodeForEntitySpec() — Method in class i18nTextCollector_Writer_Php
Input for langArrayCodeForEntitySpec() should be suitable for insertion into single-quoted strings, so needs to be escaped already.

M

ArrayList::merge() — Method in class ArrayList
Merges with another array or list by pushing all the items in it onto the end of this list.
ArrayList::map() — Method in class ArrayList
Returns a map of this list
BulkLoader_Result::merge() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
Merges another BulkLoader_Result into this one.
CSVParser::mapColumns() — Method in class CSVParser
Re-map columns in the CSV file.
CompositeField::makeFieldReadonly() — Method in class CompositeField
Transform the named field into a readonly feld.
Config::merge_array_low_into_high() — Method in class Config
Merge a lower priority associative array into an existing higher priority associative array, as per the class docblock rules
Config::merge_array_high_into_low() — Method in class Config
Merge a higher priority assocative array into an existing lower priority associative array, as per the class docblock rules.
Config::merge_high_into_low() — Method in class Config
Config::merge_low_into_high() — Method in class Config
$ConfirmedPasswordFieldProperty in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Minimum character length of the password.
$ConfirmedPasswordFieldProperty in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Maximum character length of the password.
ContentController::Menu() — Method in class ContentController
DB::manipulate() — Method in class DB
Execute a complex manipulation on the database.
DataList::map() — Method in class DataList
Returns a map of this list
DataList::max() — Method in class DataList
Return the maximum value of the given field in this DataList
DataList::min() — Method in class DataList
Return the minimum value of the given field in this DataList
DataList::merge() — Method in class DataList
This method won't function on DataLists due to the specific query that it represent
DataObject::merge() — Method in class DataObject
Merges data and relations from another object of same class, without conflict resolution. Allows to specify which dataset takes priority in case its not empty.
DataObject::many_many_extraFields() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::manyManyExtraFields() — Method in class DataObject
Return the many-to-many extra fields specification.
DataObject::manyManyExtraFieldsForComponent() — Method in class DataObject
Return the many-to-many extra fields specification for a specific component.
DataObject::many_many() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::manyMany() — Method in class DataObject
Return information about a many-to-many component.
DataObject::manyManyComponent() — Method in class DataObject
Return information about a specific many_many component. Returns a numeric array of: array( , The class that relation is defined in e.g. "Product" , The target class of the relation e.g. "Category" , The field name pointing to 's table e.g. "ProductID" , The field name pointing to 's table e.g. "CategoryID" The join table between the two classes e.g. "Product_Categories" )
DataQuery::max() — Method in class DataQuery
Return the maximum value of the given field in this DataList
DataQuery::min() — Method in class DataQuery
Return the minimum value of the given field in this DataList
Date::Month() — Method in class Date
Returns a full textual representation of a month, such as January.
Debug::message() — Method in class Debug
Show a debugging message
Director::makeRelative() — Method in class Director
Turns an absolute URL or folder into one that's relative to the root of the site. This is useful when turning a URL into a filesystem reference, or vice versa.
Email::mailer() — Method in class Email
Get the mailer.
FieldGroup::Message() — Method in class FieldGroup
FieldGroup::MessageType() — Method in class FieldGroup
FieldList::makeReadonly() — Method in class FieldList
Transforms this FieldList instance to readonly.
FieldList::makeFieldReadonly() — Method in class FieldList
Transform the named field into a readonly feld.
Filesystem::makeFolder() — Method in class Filesystem
Create a folder on the filesystem, recursively.
Folder::myChildren() — Method in class Folder
Returns all children of this folder
Form::makeReadonly() — Method in class Form
Convert this form into a readonly form
Form::Message() — Method in class Form
The next functions store and modify the forms message attributes. messages are stored in session under $_SESSION[formname][message];
Form::MessageType() — Method in class Form
Form::messageForForm() — Method in class Form
FormField::Message() — Method in class FormField
Returns the field message, used by form validation.
FormField::MessageType() — Method in class FormField
Returns the field message type.
GDBackend::makeDir() — Method in class GDBackend
$GenericTemplateGlobalProviderProperty in class GenericTemplateGlobalProvider
GenericTemplateGlobalProvider::ModulePath() — Method in class GenericTemplateGlobalProvider
Given some pre-defined modules, return the filesystem path of the module.
Group::Members() — Method in class Group
Get many-many relation to {@link Member}, including all members which are "inherited" from children groups of this record.
Hierarchy::markPartialTree() — Method in class Hierarchy
Mark a segment of the tree, by calling mark().
Hierarchy::markingFilterMatches() — Method in class Hierarchy
Returns true if the marking filter matches on the given node.
Hierarchy::markChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy
Mark all children of the given node that match the marking filter.
Hierarchy::markingClasses() — Method in class Hierarchy
Return CSS classes of 'unexpanded', 'closed', both, or neither, as well as a 'jstree-*' state depending on the marking of this DataObject.
Hierarchy::markById() — Method in class Hierarchy
Mark the children of the DataObject with the given ID.
Hierarchy::markToExpose() — Method in class Hierarchy
Expose the given object in the tree, by marking this page and all it ancestors.
Hierarchy::markedNodeIDs() — Method in class Hierarchy
Return the IDs of all the marked nodes.
Hierarchy::markExpanded() — Method in class Hierarchy
Mark this DataObject as expanded.
Hierarchy::markUnexpanded() — Method in class Hierarchy
Mark this DataObject as unexpanded.
Hierarchy::markOpened() — Method in class Hierarchy
Mark this DataObject's tree as opened.
Hierarchy::markClosed() — Method in class Hierarchy
Mark this DataObject's tree as closed.
HtmlEditorField_Toolbar::MediaForm() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Toolbar
Return a {@link Form} instance allowing a user to add images and flash objects to the TinyMCE content editor.
LeftAndMain::menu_title_for_class() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Returns the menu title for the given LeftAndMain subclass.
LeftAndMain::menu_icon_for_class() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Return styling for the menu icon, if a custom icon is set for this class
LeftAndMain::MainMenu() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Returns the main menu of the CMS. This is also used by init() to work out which sections the user has access to.
LeftAndMain::Menu() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::MenuCurrentItem() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::MceRoot() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Return the base directory of the tiny_mce codebase
LeftAndMainMarkingFilter::mark() — Method in class LeftAndMainMarkingFilter
$LoginAttemptProperty in class LoginAttempt
ID of the Member, only if Member with Email exists
LoginAttempt::Member() — Method in class LoginAttempt
Member object of the user trying to log in, only if Member with Email exists
MailerClass in namespace
Mailer objects are responsible for actually sending emails.
ManifestCacheClass in namespace
A basic caching interface that manifests use to store data.
ManifestCache_APCClass in namespace
Stores manifest data in APC.
ManifestCache_FileClass in namespace
Stores manifest data in files in TEMP_DIR dir on filesystem
ManifestCache_File_PHPClass in namespace
Same as ManifestCache_File, but stores the data as valid PHP which gets included to load This is a bit faster if you have an opcode cache installed, but slower otherwise
ManifestFileFinderClass in namespace
An extension to the default file finder with some extra filters to faciliate autoload and template manifest generation: - Only modules with _config.php files are scanned.
ManyManyListClass in namespace
Subclass of {@link DataList} representing a many_many relation.
MappedDiffClass in namespace
Computes diff between sequences of strings.
MemberClass in namespace
The member class which represents the users of the system
Member::member_from_autologinhash() — Method in class Member
Return the member for the auto login hash
Member::member_from_tempid() — Method in class Member
Find a member record with the given TempIDHash value
Member::map_in_groups() — Method in class Member
Get a member SQLMap of members in specific groups
Member::mapInCMSGroups() — Method in class Member
Get a map of all members in the groups given that have CMS permissions
Member::memberNotInGroups() — Method in class Member
Get the groups in which the member is NOT in
MemberAuthenticatorClass in namespace
Authenticator for the default "member" method
MemberCsvBulkLoaderClass in namespace
Imports member records, and checks/updates duplicates based on their 'Email' property.
MemberDatetimeOptionsetFieldClass in namespace
MemberImportFormClass in namespace
Imports {@link Member} records by CSV upload, as defined in {@link MemberCsvBulkLoader}.
MemberLoginFormClass in namespace
Log-in form for the "member" authentication method.
MemberPasswordClass in namespace
Keep track of users' previous passwords, so that we can check that new passwords aren't changed back to old ones.
MemberPassword::Member() — Method in class MemberPassword
Owner of the password
Member_ChangePasswordEmailClass in namespace
Class used as template to send an email saying that the password has been changed.
Member_ForgotPasswordEmailClass in namespace
Class used as template to send the forgot password email
Member_GroupSetClass in namespace
Represents a set of Groups attached to a member.
Member_ValidatorClass in namespace
Member Validator
MigrateSiteTreeLinkingTaskClass in namespace
Rewrites plain internal HTML links into shortcode form, using existing link tracking information.
MigrationTaskClass in namespace
A migration task is a build task that is reversible.
ModelAdminClass in namespace
Generates a three-pane UI for editing model classes, with an automatically generated search panel, tabular results and edit forms.
ModelAsControllerClass in namespace
ModelAsController deals with mapping the initial request to the first {@link SiteTree}/{@link ContentController} pair, which are then used to handle the request.
MoneyClass in namespace
Implements the "Money" pattern.
MoneyFieldClass in namespace
A form field that can save into a {@link Money} database field.
MonthlyTaskClass in namespace
Classes that must be run monthly extend this class
MultiEnumClass in namespace
Represents an multi-select enumeration field.
MySQLDatabaseClass in namespace
MySQL connector class.
MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelperClass in namespace
This is a helper class for the SS installer.
MySQLQueryClass in namespace
A result-set from a MySQL database (using MySQLiConnector)
MySQLQueryBuilderClass in namespace
Builds a SQL query string from a SQLExpression object
MySQLSchemaManagerClass in namespace
Represents schema management object for MySQL
MySQLStatementClass in namespace
Provides a record-view for mysqli statements
MySQLiConnectorClass in namespace
Connector for MySQL using the MySQLi method
PaginatedList::MoreThanOnePage() — Method in class PaginatedList
PasswordValidator::minLength() — Method in class PasswordValidator
Minimum password length
Profiler::mark() — Method in class Profiler
SSTemplateParser::match_Template() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Word() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Number() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Value() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_CallArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Call() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_LookupStep() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_LastLookupStep() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Lookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Translate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_InjectionVariables() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Entity() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_SimpleInjection() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_BracketInjection() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Injection() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_DollarMarkedLookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_QuotedString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_FreeString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_ComparisonOperator() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Comparison() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_PresenceCheck() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_IfArgumentPortion() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_BooleanOperator() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_IfArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_IfPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_ElseIfPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_ElsePart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_If() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Require() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_CacheBlockArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_CacheBlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_CacheBlockTemplate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_UncachedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_CacheRestrictedTemplate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_CacheBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_OldTPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_N() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_OldTTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_OldSprintfTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_OldI18NTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_NamedArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Include() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_BlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_NotBlockTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_ClosedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_OpenBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_MismatchedEndBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::MismatchedEndBlock__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_MalformedOpenTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::MalformedOpenTag__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_MalformedCloseTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::MalformedCloseTag__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_MalformedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Comment() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_TopTemplate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Text() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Middle() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Return true if this object is between the first & last objects.
SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::MiddleString() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Return 'middle' if this object is between the first & last objects.
SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Modulus() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Returns the modulus of the numerical position of the item in the data set.
SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::MultipleOf() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Returns true or false depending on if the pos of the iterator is a multiple of a specific number.
$SS_ConfigManifestProperty in class SS_ConfigManifest
A side-effect of collecting the _config fragments is the calculation of all module directories, since the definition of a module is "a directory that contains either a _config.php file or a _config directory
SS_ConfigManifest::moduleExists() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
Returns true if the passed module exists
SS_ConfigManifest::matchesPrefilterVariantRules() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
Returns false if the prefilterable parts of the rule aren't met, and true if they are
SS_ConfigManifest::matchesVariantRules() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
Returns false if the non-prefilterable parts of the rule aren't met, and true if they are
SS_ConfigManifest::mergeInYamlFragment() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
Recursively merge a yaml fragment's configuration array into the primary merged configuration array.
SS_Database::manipulate() — Method in class SS_Database
Execute a complex manipulation on the database.
SS_HTTPRequest::match() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
Matches a URL pattern The pattern can contain a number of segments, separated by / (and an extension indicated by a .)
SS_List::map() — Method in class SS_List
Returns a map of a key field to a value field of all the items in the list.
SS_ListDecorator::map() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
Returns a map of a key field to a value field of all the items in the list.
SS_Query::map() — Method in class SS_Query
Return a map from the first column to the second column.
SecurityAdmin::memberimport() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
SecurityAdmin::MemberImportForm() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
SiteConfig::make_site_config() — Method in class SiteConfig
Create SiteConfig with defaults from language file.
SiteTree::MetaTags() — Method in class SiteTree
Return the title, description, keywords and language metatags.
SiteTreeMaintenanceTask::makelinksunique() — Method in class SiteTreeMaintenanceTask
TestRunner::module() — Method in class TestRunner
Run tests for one or more "modules".
TokenisedRegularExpression::matchFrom() — Method in class TokenisedRegularExpression
ValidationResult::messageList() — Method in class ValidationResult
Get an array of errors
ValidationResult::message() — Method in class ValidationResult
Get the error message as a string.
$VersionedProperty in class Versioned
A version that a DataObject should be when it is 'migrating', that is, when it is in the process of moving from one stage to another.
Versioned::migrateVersion() — Method in class Versioned
Set the migrating version.
ViewableData::Me() — Method in class ViewableData
When rendering some objects it is necessary to iterate over the object being rendered, to do this, you need access to itself.
VirtualPage::MetaTags() — Method in class VirtualPage
For VirtualPage, add a canonical link tag linking to the original page See TRAC #6828 & http://support.google.com/webmasters/bin/answer.py?hl=en&answer=139394

N

Boolean::Nice() — Method in class Boolean
Boolean::NiceAsBoolean() — Method in class Boolean
Boolean::nullValue() — Method in class Boolean
Returns the value to be set in the database to blank this field.
CSVParser::next() — Method in class CSVParser
Config::nest() — Method in class Config
Make the newly active {@link Config} be a copy of the current active {@link Config} instance.
Convert::nl2os() — Method in class Convert
Normalises newline sequences to conform to (an) OS specific format.
Currency::Nice() — Method in class Currency
Returns the number as a currency, eg “$1,000.00”.
DBField::nullValue() — Method in class DBField
Returns the value to be set in the database to blank this field.
DBFloat::Nice() — Method in class DBFloat
Returns the number, with commas and decimal places as appropriate, eg “1,000.00”.
DBFloat::NiceRound() — Method in class DBFloat
DBFloat::nullValue() — Method in class DBFloat
Returns the value to be set in the database to blank this field.
DBInt::Nice() — Method in class DBInt
DBInt::nullValue() — Method in class DBInt
Returns the value to be set in the database to blank this field.
DBLocale::Nice() — Method in class DBLocale
See {@link getShortName()} and {@link getNativeName()}.
DataList::newObject() — Method in class DataList
Return a new item to add to this DataList.
DataObject::newClassInstance() — Method in class DataObject
Create a new instance of a different class from this object's record.
Date::Nice() — Method in class Date
Returns the date in the format specified by the config value nice_format, or dd/mm/yy by default
Date::NiceUS() — Method in class Date
Returns the date in US format: “01/18/2006”
Date::next_day() — Method in class Date
Debug::noticeHandler() — Method in class Debug
Decimal::Nice() — Method in class Decimal
Decimal::nullValue() — Method in class Decimal
$DeprecationProperty in class Deprecation
Deprecation::notification_version() — Method in class Deprecation
Set the version that is used to check against the version passed to notice. If the ::notice version is greater than or equal to this version, a message will be raised
Deprecation::notice() — Method in class Deprecation
Raise a notice indicating the method is deprecated if the version passed as the second argument is greater than or equal to the check version set via ::notification_version
FieldGroup::Name() — Method in class FieldGroup
Returns the name (ID) for the element.
Folder::numChildFolders() — Method in class Folder
Get the number of children of this folder that are also folders.
FormField::name_to_label() — Method in class FormField
Takes a field name and converts camelcase to spaced words. Also resolves combined field names with dot syntax to spaced words.
GridField_FormAction::nameEncode() — Method in class GridField_FormAction
Encode all non-word characters.
Hierarchy::numHistoricalChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy
Return the number of children that this page ever had, including pages that were deleted.
Hierarchy::numChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy
Return the number of direct children. By default, values are cached after the first invocation. Can be augumented by {@link augmentNumChildrenCountQuery()}.
Hierarchy::naturalPrev() — Method in class Hierarchy
Get the next node in the tree of the type. If there is no instance of the className descended from this node, then search the parents.
Hierarchy::naturalNext() — Method in class Hierarchy
Get the next node in the tree of the type. If there is no instance of the className descended from this node, then search the parents.
Injector::nest() — Method in class Injector
Make the newly active {@link Injector} be a copy of the current active {@link Injector} instance.
$MemberProperty in class Member
@deprecated 4.0
Money::Nice() — Method in class Money
Money::NiceWithShortname() — Method in class Money
Money::NiceWithName() — Method in class Money
MySQLDatabase::now() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Return SQL expression used to represent the current date/time
MySQLQuery::numRecords() — Method in class MySQLQuery
Return the total number of items in the query result.
MySQLQuery::nextRecord() — Method in class MySQLQuery
Return the next record in the query result.
MySQLStatement::numRecords() — Method in class MySQLStatement
Return the total number of items in the query result.
MySQLStatement::nextRecord() — Method in class MySQLStatement
Return the next record in the query result.
NegationFilterClass in namespace
Matches on rows where the field is not equal to the given value.
NestedControllerClass in namespace
Interface that is implemented by controllers that are designed to hand control over to another controller.
NestedFormClass in namespace
This is a form decorator that lets you place a form inside another form.
NullHTTPRequestClass in namespace
Implements the "Null Object" pattern for a missing http request.
NullSecurityTokenClass in namespace
Specialized subclass for disabled security tokens - always returns TRUE for token checks. Use through {@link SecurityToken::disable()}.
NullableFieldClass in namespace
NullableField is a field that wraps other fields when you want to allow the user to specify whether the value of the field is null or not.
NumericFieldClass in namespace
Text input field with validation for numeric values. Supports validating the numeric value as to the {@link i18n::get_locale()} value, or an overridden locale specific to this field.
NumericField_ReadonlyClass in namespace
Readonly version of a numeric field.
PDOQuery::numRecords() — Method in class PDOQuery
Return the total number of items in the query result.
PDOQuery::nextRecord() — Method in class PDOQuery
Return the next record in the query result.
PaginatedList::NotFirstPage() — Method in class PaginatedList
PaginatedList::NotLastPage() — Method in class PaginatedList
PaginatedList::NextLink() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns a link to the next page, if there is another page after the current one.
Percentage::Nice() — Method in class Percentage
Returns the number, expressed as a percentage. For example, “36.30%”
SSTemplateParser::NamedArgument_Name() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::NamedArgument_Value() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSViewer_Scope::next() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
SS_DAG_Iterator::next() — Method in class SS_DAG_Iterator
SS_Database::now() — Method in class SS_Database
Return SQL expression used to represent the current date/time
SS_Datetime::Nice() — Method in class SS_Datetime
Returns the date and time in the format specified by the config value nice_format, or 'd/m/Y g:ia' by default (e.g. '31/01/2014 2:23pm').
SS_Datetime::Nice24() — Method in class SS_Datetime
Returns the date and time (in 24-hour format) using the format string 'd/m/Y H:i' e.g. '28/02/2014 13:32'.
SS_Datetime::now() — Method in class SS_Datetime
Returns either the current system date as determined by date(), or a mocked date through {@link set_mock_now()}.
SS_Map_Iterator::next() — Method in class SS_Map_Iterator
Move forward to next element.
SS_Query::next() — Method in class SS_Query
Iterator function implementation. Return the next record in the iterator.
SS_Query::nextRecord() — Method in class SS_Query
Return the next record in the query result.
SS_Query::numRecords() — Method in class SS_Query
Return the total number of items in the query result.
SiteTree::nested_urls() — Method in class SiteTree
Returns TRUE if nested URLs (e.g. page/sub-page/) are currently enabled on this site.
SiteTree::NestedTitle() — Method in class SiteTree
Return a string of the form "parent - page" or "grandparent - parent - page" using page titles
StringField::NoHTML() — Method in class StringField
Return the value of the field stripped of html tags.
Time::Nice() — Method in class Time
Returns the time in the format specified by the config value nice_format, or 12 hour format by default e.g. "3:15pm"
Time::Nice24() — Method in class Time
Return a user friendly format for time in a 24 hour format.
TreeDropdownField::nodeIsDisabled() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Marking a specific node in the tree as disabled
_DiffOp::norig() — Method in class _DiffOp
_DiffOp::nfinal() — Method in class _DiffOp

O

ArrayList::offsetExists() — Method in class ArrayList
Returns whether an item with $key exists
ArrayList::offsetGet() — Method in class ArrayList
Returns item stored in list with index $key
ArrayList::offsetSet() — Method in class ArrayList
Set an item with the key in $key
ArrayList::offsetUnset() — Method in class ArrayList
Unset an item with the key in $key
$BulkLoaderProperty in class BulkLoader
Each row in the imported dataset should map to one instance of this class (with optional property translation through {@self::$columnMaps}.
DataExtension::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class DataExtension
DataExtension::onAfterWrite() — Method in class DataExtension
DataExtension::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class DataExtension
DataExtension::onAfterDelete() — Method in class DataExtension
DataList::offsetExists() — Method in class DataList
Returns whether an item with $key exists
DataList::offsetGet() — Method in class DataList
Returns item stored in list with index $key
DataList::offsetSet() — Method in class DataList
Set an item with the key in $key
DataList::offsetUnset() — Method in class DataList
Unset an item with the key in $key
DateField_View_JQuery::onBeforeRender() — Method in class DateField_View_JQuery
DateField_View_JQuery::onAfterRender() — Method in class DateField_View_JQuery
Diff::orig() — Method in class Diff
Get the original set of lines.
Email::obfuscate() — Method in class Email
Encode an email-address to help protect it from spam bots. At the moment only simple string substitutions, which are not 100% safe from email harvesting.
ErrorPageControllerExtension::onBeforeHTTPError() — Method in class ErrorPageControllerExtension
File::onAfterUpload() — Method in class File
Should be called after the file was uploaded
File::Owner() — Method in class File
Returns Member object of file owner.
Folder::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class Folder
GDBackend::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class GDBackend
Group::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class Group
Group::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class Group
Image::onAfterUpload() — Method in class Image
Should be called after the file was uploaded
Image_Backend::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class Image_Backend
onBeforeDelete
ImagickBackend::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class ImagickBackend
JSTestRunner::only() — Method in class JSTestRunner
Run only a single test class
Member::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class Member
Event handler called before writing to the database.
Member::onAfterWrite() — Method in class Member
Member::onAfterDelete() — Method in class Member
Member::onChangeGroups() — Method in class Member
Filter out admin groups to avoid privilege escalation, If any admin groups are requested, deny the whole save operation.
ObjectClass in namespace
OembedClass in namespace
Format of the Oembed config. Autodiscover allows discovery of all URLs.
Oembed_ResultClass in namespace
OldPageRedirectorClass in namespace
OldPageRedirector::onBeforeHTTPError404() — Method in class OldPageRedirector
On every URL that generates a 404, we'll capture it here and see if we can find an old URL that it should be redirecting to.
OptionsetFieldClass in namespace
Set of radio buttons designed to emulate a dropdown.
Permission::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class Permission
PermissionRole::onAfterDelete() — Method in class PermissionRole
RSSFeed::outputToBrowser() — Method in class RSSFeed
Output the feed to the browser.
RedirectorPage::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class RedirectorPage
SSTemplateParser::OldTPart__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OldTPart_QuotedString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OldTPart_CallArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OldTPart__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OldTTag_OldTPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OldSprintfTag__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OldSprintfTag_OldTPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OldSprintfTag_CallArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OldI18NTag_STR() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock_BlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock_Handle_Debug() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
This is an open block handler, for the <% debug %> utility tag
SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock_Handle_Base_tag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
This is an open block handler, for the <% base_tag %> tag
SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock_Handle_Current_page() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
This is an open block handler, for the <% current_page %> tag
SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Odd() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Return true if this is an odd item in the set.
SSViewer_DataPresenter::obj() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter
$Up and $Top need to restore the overlay from the parent and top-level scope respectively.
SSViewer_Scope::obj() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
SS_HTTPRequest::offsetExists() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
Enables the existence of a key-value pair in the request to be checked using array syntax, so isset($request['title']) will check for $_POST['title'] and $_GET['title']
SS_HTTPRequest::offsetGet() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
Access a request variable using array syntax. eg: $request['title'] instead of $request->postVar('title')
SS_HTTPRequest::offsetSet() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::offsetUnset() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPResponse::output() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
Send this HTTPReponse to the browser
SS_ListDecorator::offsetExists() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
SS_ListDecorator::offsetGet() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
SS_ListDecorator::offsetSet() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
SS_ListDecorator::offsetUnset() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
SS_Map::offsetExists() — Method in class SS_Map
SS_Map::offsetGet() — Method in class SS_Map
SS_Map::offsetSet() — Method in class SS_Map
Sets a value in the map by a given key that has been set via {@link SS_Map::push()} or {@link SS_Map::unshift()}
SS_Map::offsetUnset() — Method in class SS_Map
Removes a value in the map by a given key which has been added to the map via {@link SS_Map::push()} or {@link SS_Map::unshift()}
SiteTree::onAfterWrite() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTree::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTree::onAfterDelete() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTree::on_db_reset() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTreeExtension::onBeforePublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension
Hook called before the page's {@link SiteTree::doPublish()} action is completed
SiteTreeExtension::onAfterPublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension
Hook called after the page's {@link SiteTree::doPublish()} action is completed
SiteTreeExtension::onBeforeUnpublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension
Hook called before the page's {@link SiteTree::doUnpublish()} action is completed
SiteTreeExtension::onAfterUnpublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension
Hook called after the page's {@link SiteTree::doUnpublish()} action is completed
SiteTreeFileExtension::onAfterDelete() — Method in class SiteTreeFileExtension
Updates link tracking.
TestRunner::only() — Method in class TestRunner
Run only a single test class or a comma-separated list of tests
$VersionedProperty in class Versioned
Versioned::on_db_reset() — Method in class Versioned
Called by {@link SapphireTest} when the database is reset.
Versioned::onAfterWrite() — Method in class Versioned
Versioned::onAfterSkippedWrite() — Method in class Versioned
If a write was skipped, then we need to ensure that we don't leave a migrateVersion() value lying around for the next write.
Versioned::onBeforeDuplicate() — Method in class Versioned
Ensure version ID is reset to 0 on duplicate
$VersionedStateExtensionProperty in class VersionedStateExtension
ViewableData::obj() — Method in class ViewableData
Get the value of a field on this object, automatically inserting the value into any available casting objects that have been specified.
ViewableData_Customised::obj() — Method in class ViewableData_Customised
Get the value of a field on this object, automatically inserting the value into any available casting objects that have been specified.
VirtualPage::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class VirtualPage
We have to change it to copy all the content from the original page first.
VirtualPage::onAfterWrite() — Method in class VirtualPage
YamlFixture::objFromFixture() — Method in class YamlFixture
Get an object from the fixture.
$_DiffOpProperty in class _DiffOp

P

$AopProxyServiceProperty in class AopProxyService
ArrayList::push() — Method in class ArrayList
Pushes an item onto the end of this list.
ArrayList::pop() — Method in class ArrayList
Pops the last element off the end of the list and returns it.
AssetAdmin::providePermissions() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
BBCodeParser::parse() — Method in class BBCodeParser
Main BBCode parser method. This takes plain jane content and runs it through so many filters
BasicAuth::protect_entire_site() — Method in class BasicAuth
Enable protection of the entire site with basic authentication.
BasicAuth::protect_site_if_necessary() — Method in class BasicAuth
Call {@link BasicAuth::requireLogin()} if {@link BasicAuth::protect_entire_site()} has been called.
Boolean::prepValueForDB() — Method in class Boolean
Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.
BrokenLinksReport::parameterFields() — Method in class BrokenLinksReport
BulkLoader::preview() — Method in class BulkLoader
Preview a file import (don't write anything to the database).
CMSMain::PageTypes() — Method in class CMSMain
Populates an array of classes in the CMS which allows the user to change the page type.
CMSMain::performPublish() — Method in class CMSMain
Actually perform the publication step
CMSMain::publish() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::publishall() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::providePermissions() — Method in class CMSMain
Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
CMSMemberLoginForm::performLogin() — Method in class CMSMemberLoginForm
Try to authenticate the user
CMSMenu::populate_menu() — Method in class CMSMenu
Generate CMS main menu items by collecting valid subclasses of {@link LeftAndMain}
CMSMenu::provideI18nEntities() — Method in class CMSMenu
Provide menu titles to the i18n entity provider
$CMSMenuItemProperty in class CMSMenuItem
Menu priority (sort order)
CMSSiteTreeFilter::pagesIncluded() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
CSVParser::provideHeaderRow() — Method in class CSVParser
If your CSV file doesn't have a header row, then you can call this function to provide one.
CheckboxField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CheckboxField
Returns a readonly version of this field
CheckboxField_Readonly::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CheckboxField_Readonly
Returns a read-only version of this field.
CheckboxSetField::performDisabledTransformation() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
Return a disabled version of this field.
CheckboxSetField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
Transforms the source data for this CheckboxSetField into a comma separated list of values.
CliController::process() — Method in class CliController
Overload this method to contain the task logic.
CompositeField::push() — Method in class CompositeField
Add a new child field to the end of the set.
CompositeField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CompositeField
Return a readonly version of this field. Keeps the composition but returns readonly versions of all the child {@link FormField} objects.
CompositeField::performDisabledTransformation() — Method in class CompositeField
Return a disabled version of this field. Keeps the composition but returns disabled versions of all the child {@link FormField} objects.
Config::pushConfigStaticManifest() — Method in class Config
Config::pushConfigYamlManifest() — Method in class Config
Add another manifest to the list of config manifests to search through.
ConfirmedPasswordField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Makes a read only field with some stars in it to replace the password
ContentController::Page() — Method in class ContentController
ContentController::project() — Method in class ContentController
Get the project name
ContentNegotiator::process() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
Controller::pushCurrent() — Method in class Controller
Pushes this controller onto the stack of current controllers.
Controller::popCurrent() — Method in class Controller
Pop this controller off the top of the stack.
CsvBulkLoader::preview() — Method in class CsvBulkLoader
CurrencyField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CurrencyField
Create a new class for this field
CurrencyField_Readonly::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CurrencyField_Readonly
This already is a readonly field.
DB::placeholders() — Method in class DB
Helper function for generating a list of parameter placeholders for the given argument(s)
DB::prepared_query() — Method in class DB
Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments
DBConnector::preparedQuery() — Method in class DBConnector
Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments
DBField::prepValueForDB() — Method in class DBField
Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.
DBFloat::prepValueForDB() — Method in class DBFloat
Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.
DBInt::prepValueForDB() — Method in class DBInt
Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.
DBSchemaManager::preparedQuery() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments
DataExtension::populateDefaults() — Method in class DataExtension
DataList::push() — Method in class DataList
This method won't function on DataLists due to the specific query that it represent
DataObject::plural_name() — Method in class DataObject
Get the user friendly plural name of this DataObject If the name is not defined (by renaming $plural_name in the subclass), this returns a pluralised version of the class name.
DataObject::populateDefaults() — Method in class DataObject
Load the default values in from the self::$defaults array.
DataObject::provideI18nEntities() — Method in class DataObject
Collect all static properties on the object which contain natural language, and need to be translated.
DatalessField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class DatalessField
Returns a readonly version of this field
Date::prior_monday() — Method in class Date
Date::past_date() — Method in class Date
Return the nearest date in the past, based on day and month.
DateField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class DateField
Returns a read-only version of this field.
DatetimeField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class DatetimeField
Returns a read-only version of this field.
Decimal::prepValueForDB() — Method in class Decimal
Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.
Director::protocolAndHost() — Method in class Director
Returns the part of the URL, 'http://www.mysite.com'.
Director::protocol() — Method in class Director
Return the current protocol that the site is running under.
DropdownField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class DropdownField
Email::populateTemplate() — Method in class Email
Populate this email template with values. This may be called many times.
FieldGroup::php() — Method in class FieldGroup
FieldList::push() — Method in class FieldList
Push a single field onto the end of this FieldList instance.
File::Parent() — Method in class File
Returns parent File
FlushRequestFilter::preRequest() — Method in class FlushRequestFilter
Filter executed before a request processes
FlushRequestFilter::postRequest() — Method in class FlushRequestFilter
Filter executed AFTER a request
Folder::populateDefaults() — Method in class Folder
FormAction::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class FormAction
Does not transform to readonly by purpose.
FormField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class FormField
Returns a read-only version of this field.
FormField::performDisabledTransformation() — Method in class FormField
Return a disabled version of this field.
FunctionalTest::post() — Method in class FunctionalTest
Submit a post request
GDBackend::paddedResize() — Method in class GDBackend
Resize to fit fully within the given box, without resizing. Extra space left around the image will be padded with the background color.
Group::populateDefaults() — Method in class Group
Load the default values in from the self::$defaults array.
Group::Parent() — Method in class Group
Return parent group
Group::Permissions() — Method in class Group
List of group permissions
GroupCsvBulkLoader::processRecord() — Method in class GroupCsvBulkLoader
HTMLText::prepValueForDB() — Method in class HTMLText
(non-PHPdoc)
HTTPCacheControl::privateCache() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
Advanced way to set cache control header to a non-cacheable state.
HTTPCacheControl::publicCache() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
Advanced way to set cache control header to a cacheable state.
HiddenField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class HiddenField
Hierarchy::parentStack() — Method in class Hierarchy
Return an array of this page and its ancestors, ordered item -> root.
HtmlEditorField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class HtmlEditorField
HtmlEditorField::performDisabledTransformation() — Method in class HtmlEditorField
Return a disabled version of this field.
Image::Pad() — Method in class Image
Fit image to specified dimensions and fill leftover space with a solid colour (default white). Use in templates with $Pad.
Image::PaddedImage() — Method in class Image
Resize this Image by both width and height, using padded resize. Use in templates with $PaddedImage.
Image_Backend::paddedResize() — Method in class Image_Backend
paddedResize
ImagickBackend::paddedResize() — Method in class ImagickBackend
paddedResize
InlineFormAction::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class InlineFormAction
Returns a read-only version of this field.
LeftAndMain::printable() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::providePermissions() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
LiteralField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class LiteralField
LookupField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class LookupField
$MemberProperty in class Member
$MemberProperty in class Member
$MemberProperty in class Member
Member::populateDefaults() — Method in class Member
Ensure the locale is set to something sensible by default.
Member::password_validator() — Method in class Member
Returns the current {@link PasswordValidator}
MemberCsvBulkLoader::processRecord() — Method in class MemberCsvBulkLoader
MemberLoginForm::performLogin() — Method in class MemberLoginForm
Try to authenticate the user
Member_Validator::php() — Method in class Member_Validator
Check if the submitted member data is valid (server-side)
MoneyField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class MoneyField
Returns a readonly version of this field.
MySQLiConnector::prepareStatement() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Retrieve a prepared statement for a given SQL string
MySQLiConnector::parsePreparedParameters() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Prepares the list of parameters in preparation for passing to mysqli_stmt_bind_param
MySQLiConnector::preparedQuery() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments
NumericField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class NumericField
Creates a read-only version of the field.
NumericField_Readonly::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class NumericField_Readonly
PDOConnectorClass in namespace
PDO driver database connector
PDOConnector::preparedQuery() — Method in class PDOConnector
Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments
PDOQueryClass in namespace
A result-set from a PDO database.
PHPUnit_Framework_TestCaseClass in namespace
PHPUnit is a testing framework that can be installed using Composer.
PaginatedListClass in namespace
A decorator that wraps around a data list in order to provide pagination.
PaginatedList::Pages() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns a set of links to all the pages in the list. This is useful for basic pagination.
PaginatedList::PaginationSummary() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns a summarised pagination which limits the number of pages shown around the current page for visually balanced.
PaginatedList::PrevLink() — Method in class PaginatedList
Returns a link to the previous page, if the first page is not currently active.
ParameterConfirmationTokenClass in namespace
Class ParameterConfirmationToken
ParameterConfirmationToken::parameterProvided() — Method in class ParameterConfirmationToken
Is the parameter requested? ?parameter and ?parameter=1 are both considered requested
ParameterConfirmationToken::params() — Method in class ParameterConfirmationToken
Determine the querystring parameters to include
ParameterConfirmationToken::prepare_tokens() — Method in class ParameterConfirmationToken
Given a list of token names, suppress all tokens that have not been validated, and return the non-validated token with the highest priority
PartialMatchFilterClass in namespace
Matches textual content with a LIKE '%keyword%' construct.
PasswordEncryptorClass in namespace
Allows pluggable password encryption.
PasswordEncryptor_BlowfishClass in namespace
Blowfish encryption - this is the default from SilverStripe 3.
PasswordEncryptor_EncryptionFailedClass in namespace
PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHashClass in namespace
Legacy implementation for SilverStripe 2.1 - 2.3, which had a design flaw in password hashing that caused the hashes to differ between architectures due to floating point precision problems in base_convert().
PasswordEncryptor_MySQLOldPasswordClass in namespace
Uses MySQL's OLD_PASSWORD encyrption. Requires an active DB connection.
PasswordEncryptor_MySQLPasswordClass in namespace
Uses MySQL's PASSWORD encryption. Requires an active DB connection.
PasswordEncryptor_NoneClass in namespace
Cleartext passwords (used in SilverStripe 2.1).
PasswordEncryptor_NotFoundExceptionClass in namespace
PasswordEncryptor_PHPHashClass in namespace
Encryption using built-in hash types in PHP.
PasswordFieldClass in namespace
Password input field.
PasswordField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class PasswordField
Creates a read-only version of the field.
PasswordValidatorClass in namespace
This class represents a validator for member passwords.
PercentageClass in namespace
Represents a decimal field from 0-1 containing a percentage value.
PermissionClass in namespace
Represents a permission assigned to a group.
Permission::permissions_for_member() — Method in class Permission
Get all the 'any' permission codes available to the given member.
PermissionCheckboxSetFieldClass in namespace
Shows a categorized list of available permissions (through {@link Permission::get_codes()}).
PermissionCheckboxSetField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
PermissionCheckboxSetField_ReadonlyClass in namespace
Readonly version of a {@link PermissionCheckboxSetField} - uses the same structure, but has all checkboxes disabled.
PermissionFailureExceptionClass in namespace
Throw this exception to register that a user doesn't have permission to do the given action and potentially redirect them to the log-in page. The exception message may be presented to the user, so it shouldn't be in nerd-speak.
PermissionProviderClass in namespace
Used to let classes provide new permission codes.
PermissionProvider::providePermissions() — Method in class PermissionProvider
Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
PermissionRoleClass in namespace
A PermissionRole represents a collection of permission codes that can be applied to groups.
PermissionRoleCodeClass in namespace
A PermissionRoleCode represents a single permission code assigned to a {@link PermissionRole}.
Permission_GroupClass in namespace
Permission_Group class
PhoneNumberFieldClass in namespace
Field for displaying phone numbers. It separates the number, the area code and optionally the country code and extension.
PhpUnitWrapperClass in namespace
PHPUnit Wrapper class.
PhpUnitWrapper_3_4Class in namespace
PHPUnit Wrapper class. Implements the correct behaviour for PHPUnit V3.4.
PhpUnitWrapper_3_5Class in namespace
PhpUnitWrapper_ExceptionClass in namespace
PHPUnitWrapper Exception class
PhpUnitWrapper_GenericClass in namespace
Generic PhpUnitWrapper.
PjaxResponseNegotiatorClass in namespace
Handle the X-Pjax header that AJAX responses may provide, returning the fragment, or, in the case of non-AJAX form submissions, redirecting back to the submitter.
PolymorphicForeignKeyClass in namespace
A special ForeignKey class that handles relations with arbitrary class types
PolymorphicHasManyListClass in namespace
Represents a has_many list linked against a polymorphic relationship
PrimaryKeyClass in namespace
A special type Int field used for primary keys.
PrintableTransformationClass in namespace
Transformation that will make a form printable.
PrintableTransformation_TabSetClass in namespace
Class representing printable tabsets
ProfilerClass in namespace
Execution time profiler.
Profiler::printTimers() — Method in class Profiler
print out a log of all the timers that were registered
Profiler::printTrace() — Method in class Profiler
PurifierHTMLCleanerClass in namespace
Cleans HTML using the HTMLPurifier package http://htmlpurifier.org/
ReadonlyField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class ReadonlyField
Returns a read-only version of this field.
ReportAdmin::providePermissions() — Method in class ReportAdmin
Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
RequestFilter::preRequest() — Method in class RequestFilter
Filter executed before a request processes
RequestFilter::postRequest() — Method in class RequestFilter
Filter executed AFTER a request
RequestProcessor::preRequest() — Method in class RequestProcessor
Filter executed before a request processes
RequestProcessor::postRequest() — Method in class RequestProcessor
Filter executed AFTER a request
RequiredFields::php() — Method in class RequiredFields
Allows validation of fields via specification of a php function for validation which is executed after the form is submitted.
Requirements::process_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements
Do the heavy lifting involved in combining (and, in the case of JavaScript minifying) the combined files.
Requirements_Backend::process_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Do the heavy lifting involved in combining (and, in the case of JavaScript minifying) the combined files.
SSHTMLBBCodeParser::parse() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
Parses the text set in the object
SSTemplateParser::PresenceCheck_Not() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::PresenceCheck_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSViewer::process() — Method in class SSViewer
The process() method handles the "meat" of the template processing.
SSViewer::parseTemplateContent() — Method in class SSViewer
SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Pos() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport
Return the numerical position of this object in the container set. The count starts at $startIndex.
SSViewer_DataPresenter::pushScope() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter
Store the current overlay (as it doesn't directly apply to the new scope that's being pushed). We want to store the overlay against the next item "up" in the stack (hence upIndex), rather than the current item, because SSViewer_Scope::obj() has already been called and pushed the new item to the stack by this point
SSViewer_DataPresenter::popScope() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter
Now that we're going to jump up an item in the item stack, we need to restore the overlay that was previously stored against the next item "up" in the stack from the current one
SSViewer_FromString::process() — Method in class SSViewer_FromString
The process() method handles the "meat" of the template processing.
SSViewer_Scope::pushScope() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
SSViewer_Scope::popScope() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
SS_Cache::pick_backend() — Method in class SS_Cache
Pick a named cache backend for a particular named cache.
SS_ClassLoader::pushManifest() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader
Pushes a class manifest instance onto the top of the stack.
SS_ClassLoader::popManifest() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader
SS_ConfigManifest::prefilterYamlFragments() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
This function filters the loaded yaml fragments, removing any that can't ever have their "only" and "except" rules match.
SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser::parse() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser
Parse the given file to find the static variables declared in it, along with their access & values
SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser::parseStatic() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser
During parsing we've found a "static" keyword. Parse out the variable names and value assignments that follow.
SS_Database::preparedQuery() — Method in class SS_Database
Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments
SS_Database::prepStringForDB() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_HTTPRequest::postVars() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::postVar() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::params() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::param() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
Finds a named URL parameter (denoted by "$"-prefix in $url_handlers) from the full URL, or a parameter specified in the route table
SS_Map::push() — Method in class SS_Map
Pushes an item onto the end of the map.
SS_Object::parse_class_spec() — Method in class SS_Object
Parses a class-spec, such as "Versioned('Stage','Live')", as passed to create_from_string().
SS_Object::parentClass() — Method in class SS_Object
SS_ReportWrapper::parameterFields() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
SS_TemplateLoader::pushManifest() — Method in class SS_TemplateLoader
SS_TemplateLoader::popManifest() — Method in class SS_TemplateLoader
Security::permissionFailure() — Method in class Security
Register that we've had a permission failure trying to view the given page
Security::ping() — Method in class Security
This action is available as a keep alive, so user sessions don't timeout. A common use is in the admin.
Security::passwordsent() — Method in class Security
Show the "password sent" page, after a user has requested to reset their password.
SecurityAdmin::providePermissions() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
ShortcodeParser::parse() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Parse a string, and replace any registered shortcodes within it with the result of the mapped callback.
SiteConfig::populateDefaults() — Method in class SiteConfig
Load the default values in from the self::$defaults array.
SiteConfig::providePermissions() — Method in class SiteConfig
SiteTree::page_type_classes() — Method in class SiteTree
Return a subclass map of SiteTree that shouldn't be hidden through {@link SiteTree::$hide_ancestor}
SiteTree::PreviewLink() — Method in class SiteTree
Base link used for previewing. Defaults to absolute URL, in order to account for domain changes, e.g. on multi site setups. Does not contain hints about the stage, see {@link SilverStripeNavigator} for details.
SiteTree::prepopulate_permission_cache() — Method in class SiteTree
Pre-populate the cache of canEdit, canView, canDelete, canPublish permissions. This method will use the static can_(perm)_multiple method for efficiency.
SiteTree::providePermissions() — Method in class SiteTree
Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.
SiteTree::provideI18nEntities() — Method in class SiteTree
Overloaded to also provide entities for 'Page' class which is usually located in custom code, hence textcollector picks it up for the wrong folder.
$SiteTreeLinkTrackingProperty in class SiteTreeLinkTracking
SiteTreeLinkTracking_Parser::process() — Method in class SiteTreeLinkTracking_Parser
Finds the links that are of interest for the link tracking automation. Checks for brokenness and attaches extracted metadata so consumers can decide what to do with the DOM element (provided as DOMReference).
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
Returns a read-only version of this field.
SiteTreeURLSegmentField_Readonly::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField_Readonly
Returns a read-only version of this field.
StringField::prepValueForDB() — Method in class StringField
(non-PHPdoc)
TabSet::push() — Method in class TabSet
Add a new child field to the end of the set.
TestSession::post() — Method in class TestSession
Submit a post request
Text::Parse() — Method in class Text
Allows a sub-class of TextParser to be rendered.
TextParser::parse() — Method in class TextParser
Define your own parse method to parse $this->content appropriately.
TimeField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class TimeField
Creates a new readonly field specified below
TreeDropdownField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
Changes this field to the readonly field.
TreeMultiselectField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField
Changes this field to the readonly field.
UnsavedRelationList::push() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Pushes an item onto the end of this list.
UploadField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class UploadField
Returns a read-only version of this field.
Validator::php() — Method in class Validator
$VersionedProperty in class Versioned
Versioned::publish() — Method in class Versioned
Move a database record from one stage to the other.
Versioned::prepopulate_versionnumber_cache() — Method in class Versioned
Prepopulate the cache for Versioned::get_versionnumber_by_stage() for a list of record IDs, for more efficient database querying. If $idList is null, then every object will be pre-cached.
VersionedRequestFilter::preRequest() — Method in class VersionedRequestFilter
Filter executed before a request processes
VersionedRequestFilter::postRequest() — Method in class VersionedRequestFilter
Filter executed AFTER a request
Versioned_Version::PublishedClass() — Method in class Versioned_Version
Get a CSS classname to use representing whether this version was published or not.
Versioned_Version::Publisher() — Method in class Versioned_Version
Get this version's publisher.
Versioned_Version::Published() — Method in class Versioned_Version
Determines if this version was ever published.
i18nEntityProvider::provideI18nEntities() — Method in class i18nEntityProvider
Example usage: class MyTestClass implements i18nEntityProvider { function provideI18nEntities() { $entities = array(); foreach($this->stat('my_static_array) as $key => $value) { $entities["MyTestClass.my_static_array_{$key}"] = array( $value,

Q

DB::query() — Method in class DB
Execute the given SQL query.
DB::quiet() — Method in class DB
Enable supression of database messages.
DBConnector::quoteString() — Method in class DBConnector
Given a value escape and quote this appropriately for the current database connector.
DBConnector::query() — Method in class DBConnector
Executes the following query with the specified error level.
DBSchemaManager::quiet() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Enable supression of database messages.
DBSchemaManager::query() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Execute the given SQL query.
DataQuery::query() — Method in class DataQuery
Return the {@link SQLQuery} object that represents the current query; note that it will be a clone of the object.
MySQLiConnector::quoteString() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Given a value escape and quote this appropriately for the current database connector.
MySQLiConnector::query() — Method in class MySQLiConnector
Executes the following query with the specified error level.
PDOConnector::quoteString() — Method in class PDOConnector
Given a value escape and quote this appropriately for the current database connector.
PDOConnector::query() — Method in class PDOConnector
Executes the following query with the specified error level.
QuarterHourlyTaskClass in namespace
Classes that must be run quarter hourly extend this class
SQLConditionalExpression::queriedTables() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
Return a list of tables that this query is selecting from.
SSHTMLBBCodeParser::qparse() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
Quick method to do setText(), parse() and getParsed at once
SS_Database::query() — Method in class SS_Database
Execute the given SQL query.
SS_Database::quoteString() — Method in class SS_Database
Wrap a string into DB-specific quotes.
SS_Database::quiet() — Method in class SS_Database
Enable supression of database messages.
SS_HTMLValue::query() — Method in class SS_HTMLValue
Make an xpath query against this HTML

R

AdminRootController::rules() — Method in class AdminRootController
Gets a list of url_pattern => controller k/v pairs for each LeftAndMain derived controller
ArrayList::remove() — Method in class ArrayList
Remove this item from this list
ArrayList::replace() — Method in class ArrayList
Replaces an item in this list with another item.
ArrayList::removeDuplicates() — Method in class ArrayList
Removes items from this list which have a duplicate value for a certain field. This is especially useful when combining lists.
ArrayList::reverse() — Method in class ArrayList
Reverses an {@link ArrayList}
AssetAdmin_DeleteBatchAction::run() — Method in class AssetAdmin_DeleteBatchAction
Run this action for the given set of pages.
Authenticator::register() — Method in class Authenticator
Authenticator::register_authenticator() — Method in class Authenticator
Register a new authenticator
BasicAuth::requireLogin() — Method in class BasicAuth
Require basic authentication. Will request a username and password if none is given.
BigInt::requireField() — Method in class BigInt
Add the field to the underlying database.
Boolean::requireField() — Method in class Boolean
Add the field to the underlying database.
BuildTask::run() — Method in class BuildTask
Implement this method in the task subclass to execute via the TaskRunner
$BulkLoaderProperty in class BulkLoader
Find a has_one relation based on a specific column value.
CMSBatchAction::run() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
Run this action for the given set of pages.
CMSBatchAction::response() — Method in class CMSBatchAction
Helper method for responding to a back action request
CMSBatchActionHandler::register() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler
Register a new batch action. Each batch action needs to be represented by a subclass of {@link CMSBatchAction}.
CMSBatchAction_Archive::run() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Archive
Run this action for the given set of pages.
CMSBatchAction_Delete::run() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Delete
Run this action for the given set of pages.
CMSBatchAction_DeleteFromLive::run() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_DeleteFromLive
Run this action for the given set of pages.
CMSBatchAction_Publish::run() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Publish
Run this action for the given set of pages.
CMSBatchAction_Restore::run() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Restore
Run this action for the given set of pages.
CMSBatchAction_Unpublish::run() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Unpublish
Run this action for the given set of pages.
CMSMain::revert() — Method in class CMSMain
Reverts a page by publishing it to live.
CMSMain::rollback() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::restore() — Method in class CMSMain
Restore a completely deleted page from the SiteTree_versions table.
CMSMenu::remove_menu_item() — Method in class CMSMenu
Removes an existing item from the menu.
CMSMenu::replace_menu_item() — Method in class CMSMenu
Replace a navigation item to the main administration menu showing in the top bar.
CSVParser::rewind() — Method in class CSVParser
CacheProxy::remove() — Method in class CacheProxy
ClassInfo::reset_db_cache() — Method in class ClassInfo
CleanImageManipulationCache::run() — Method in class CleanImageManipulationCache
Clear out the image manipulation cache
CompositeField::removeByName() — Method in class CompositeField
Remove a field from this CompositeField by Name.
CompositeField::replaceField() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeField::rootFieldList() — Method in class CompositeField
Config::remove() — Method in class Config
Remove a configuration value
$ConfirmedPasswordFieldProperty in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Enforces at least one digit and one alphanumeric character (in addition to {$minLength} and {$maxLength}
ContentControllerSearchExtension::results() — Method in class ContentControllerSearchExtension
Process and render search results.
Controller::removeAction() — Method in class Controller
Removes all the "action" part of the current URL and returns the result.
Controller::render() — Method in class Controller
Render the current controller with the templates determined by {@link getViewer()}.
Controller::redirect() — Method in class Controller
Redirect to the given URL.
Controller::redirectBack() — Method in class Controller
Redirect back. Uses either the HTTP_REFERER or a manually set request-variable called "BackURL".
Controller::redirectedTo() — Method in class Controller
Tests whether a redirection has been requested.
Convert::raw2att() — Method in class Convert
Convert a value to be suitable for an XML attribute.
Convert::raw2htmlatt() — Method in class Convert
Convert a value to be suitable for an HTML attribute.
Convert::raw2htmlname() — Method in class Convert
Convert a value to be suitable for an HTML ID attribute. Replaces non supported characters with a space.
Convert::raw2htmlid() — Method in class Convert
Convert a value to be suitable for an HTML ID attribute. Replaces non supported characters with an underscore.
Convert::raw2xml() — Method in class Convert
Ensure that text is properly escaped for XML.
Convert::raw2js() — Method in class Convert
Ensure that text is properly escaped for Javascript.
Convert::raw2json() — Method in class Convert
Encode a value as a JSON encoded string. You can optionally pass a bitmask of JSON constants as options through to the encode function.
Convert::raw2sql() — Method in class Convert
Safely encodes a value (or list of values) using the current database's safe string encoding method
Convert::raw2mailto() — Method in class Convert
There are no real specifications on correctly encoding mailto-links, but this seems to be compatible with most of the user-agents.
Convert::raw2url() — Method in class Convert
Convert a string (normally a title) to a string suitable for using in urls and other html attributes. Uses {@link URLSegmentFilter}.
Cookie::report_errors() — Method in class Cookie
DB::require_table() — Method in class DB
Generate the following table in the database, modifying whatever already exists as necessary.
DB::requireTable() — Method in class DB
DB::require_field() — Method in class DB
Generate the given field on the table, modifying whatever already exists as necessary.
DB::requireField() — Method in class DB
DB::require_index() — Method in class DB
Generate the given index in the database, modifying whatever already exists as necessary.
DB::requireIndex() — Method in class DB
DBField::RAWURLATT() — Method in class DBField
DBField::RAW() — Method in class DBField
DBField::requireField() — Method in class DBField
Add the field to the underlying database.
DBFloat::requireField() — Method in class DBFloat
Add the field to the underlying database.
DBFloat::Round() — Method in class DBFloat
DBInt::requireField() — Method in class DBInt
Add the field to the underlying database.
DBLocale::RFC1766() — Method in class DBLocale
DBSchemaManager::requireTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Generate the following table in the database, modifying whatever already exists as necessary.
DBSchemaManager::requireIndex() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Generate the given index in the database, modifying whatever already exists as necessary.
DBSchemaManager::requireField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Generate the given field on the table, modifying whatever already exists as necessary.
DBSchemaManager::renameTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Rename a table.
DBSchemaManager::renameField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Change the database column name of the given field.
DataExtension::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class DataExtension
$DataFormatterProperty in class DataFormatter
Follow relations for the {@link DataObject} instances ($has_one, $has_many, $many_many).
DataList::relation() — Method in class DataList
Returns a HasManyList or ManyMany list representing the querying of a relation across all objects in this data list. For it to work, the relation must be defined on the data class that you used to create this DataList.
DataList::removeMany() — Method in class DataList
Remove the items from this list with the given IDs
DataList::removeByFilter() — Method in class DataList
Remove every element in this DataList matching the given $filter.
DataList::removeAll() — Method in class DataList
Remove every element in this DataList.
DataList::remove() — Method in class DataList
Remove this item by deleting it
DataList::removeByID() — Method in class DataList
Remove an item from this DataList by ID
DataList::reverse() — Method in class DataList
Reverses a list of items.
DataList::replace() — Method in class DataList
This method won't function on DataLists due to the specific query that it represent
DataList::removeDuplicates() — Method in class DataList
This method won't function on DataLists due to the specific query that it represent
DataObject::relObject() — Method in class DataObject
Traverses to a DBField referenced by relationships between data objects.
DataObject::relField() — Method in class DataObject
Traverses to a field referenced by relationships between data objects, returning the value The path to the related field is specified with dot separated syntax (eg: Parent.Child.Child.FieldName)
DataObject::RelationshipAggregate() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::reset() — Method in class DataObject
Reset all global caches associated with DataObject.
DataObject::requireTable() — Method in class DataObject
Check the database schema and update it as necessary.
DataObject::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class DataObject
Add default records to database. This function is called whenever the database is built, after the database tables have all been created. Overload this to add default records when the database is built, but make sure you call parent::requireDefaultRecords().
DataQuery::removeFilterOn() — Method in class DataQuery
Remove a filter from the query
DataQuery::reverseSort() — Method in class DataQuery
Reverse order by clause
DatabaseAdapterRegistry::register() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry
Add new adapter to the registry
DatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseFunctions() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure that the database function for connectivity is available.
DatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseServer() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure that the database server exists.
DatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseConnection() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure a database connection is possible using credentials provided.
DatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseVersion() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
Check database version is greater than the minimum supported
DatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseOrCreatePermissions() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure that the database connection is able to use an existing database, or be able to create one if it doesn't exist.
DatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseAlterPermissions() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure we have permissions to alter tables.
Date::RangeString() — Method in class Date
Date::Rfc822() — Method in class Date
Date::Rfc2822() — Method in class Date
Date::Rfc3339() — Method in class Date
Date::requireField() — Method in class Date
Add the field to the underlying database.
DateField_View_JQuery::regionalSettingsExist() — Method in class DateField_View_JQuery
Check if jQuery UI locale settings exists for the current locale
Debug::require_developer_login() — Method in class Debug
Check if the user has permissions to run URL debug tools, else redirect them to log in.
Decimal::requireField() — Method in class Decimal
Add the field to the underlying database.
Deprecation::restore_settings() — Method in class Deprecation
Method for when testing. Restore all the current version settings from a variable
DevelopmentAdmin::runRegisteredController() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
Diff::reverse() — Method in class Diff
Compute reversed Diff.
Double::requireField() — Method in class Double
Add the field to the underlying database.
Email::replyTo() — Method in class Email
EncryptAllPasswordsTask::run() — Method in class EncryptAllPasswordsTask
Implement this method in the task subclass to execute via the TaskRunner
Enum::requireField() — Method in class Enum
ErrorPage::response_for() — Method in class ErrorPage
Get a {@link SS_HTTPResponse} to response to a HTTP error code if an {@link ErrorPage} for that code is present. First tries to serve it through the standard SilverStripe request method. Falls back to a static file generated when the user hit's save and publish in the CMS
ErrorPage::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class ErrorPage
Ensures that there is always a 404 page by checking if there's an instance of ErrorPage with a 404 and 500 error code. If there is not, one is created when the DB is built.
FieldList::removeFieldFromTab() — Method in class FieldList
Remove the given field from the given tab in the field.
FieldList::removeFieldsFromTab() — Method in class FieldList
Removes a number of fields from a Tab/TabSet within this FieldList.
FieldList::removeByName() — Method in class FieldList
Remove a field or fields from this FieldList by Name.
FieldList::replaceField() — Method in class FieldList
Replace a single field with another. Ignores dataless fields such as Tabs and TabSets
FieldList::renameField() — Method in class FieldList
Rename the title of a particular field name in this set.
FieldList::rootFieldList() — Method in class FieldList
Returns the root field set that this belongs to
File::RelativeLink() — Method in class File
Just an alias function to keep a consistent API with SiteTree
$FileFieldProperty in class FileField
Flag to automatically determine and save a has_one-relationship on the saved record (e.g. a "Player" has_one "PlayerImage" would trigger saving the ID of newly created file into "PlayerImageID" on the record).
$FileNameFilterProperty in class FileNameFilter
Filesystem::removeFolder() — Method in class Filesystem
Remove a directory and all subdirectories and files.
Filesystem::remove_folder_if_empty() — Method in class Filesystem
Remove a directory, but only if it is empty.
FilesystemSyncTask::run() — Method in class FilesystemSyncTask
Implement this method in the task subclass to execute via the TaskRunner
FixtureBlueprint::removeCallback() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
Form::resetValidation() — Method in class Form
Form::renderWithoutActionButton() — Method in class Form
Render this form using the given template, and return the result as a string You can pass either an SSViewer or a template name
Form::removeExtraClass() — Method in class Form
Remove a CSS-class from the form-container. Multiple class names can be passed through as a space delimited string
FormField::RightTitle() — Method in class FormField
Gets the contextual label than can be used for additional field description.
FormField::removeExtraClass() — Method in class FormField
Remove one or more CSS-classes from the FormField container.
FormField::Required() — Method in class FormField
FormField::rootFieldList() — Method in class FormField
$FormScaffolderProperty in class FormScaffolder
GDBackend::resize() — Method in class GDBackend
Resize an image, skewing it as necessary.
GDBackend::rotate() — Method in class GDBackend
Rotates image by given angle.
GDBackend::rotatePixelByPixel() — Method in class GDBackend
Rotates image by given angle. It's slow because makes it pixel by pixel rather than using built-in function. Used when imagerotate function is not available(i.e. Ubuntu)
GDBackend::resizeByWidth() — Method in class GDBackend
Resize an image by width. Preserves aspect ratio.
GDBackend::resizeByHeight() — Method in class GDBackend
Resize an image by height. Preserves aspect ratio
GDBackend::resizeRatio() — Method in class GDBackend
Resize the image by preserving aspect ratio. By default, it will keep the image inside the maxWidth and maxHeight. Passing useAsMinimum will make the smaller dimension equal to the maximum corresponding dimension
GridFieldConfig::removeComponent() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
GridFieldConfig::removeComponentsByType() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
Group::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class Group
Add default records to database.
Group::Roles() — Method in class Group
List of PermissionRoles
HTMLText::RAW() — Method in class HTMLText
HTMLVarchar::RAW() — Method in class HTMLVarchar
HTTP::RAW_setGetVar() — Method in class HTTP
HTTP::register_modification_date() — Method in class HTTP
HTTP::register_modification_timestamp() — Method in class HTTP
HTTP::register_etag() — Method in class HTTP
HTTPCacheControl::removeDirective() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
Low level method for removing directives
HTTPCacheControl::reset() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl
Reset registered http cache control and force a fresh instance to be built
HasManyList::removeByID() — Method in class HasManyList
Remove an item from this relation.
HasManyList::remove() — Method in class HasManyList
Remove an item from this relation.
Hierarchy::reset() — Method in class Hierarchy
Reset global Hierarchy caches: - Marked - Expanded - TreeOpened
HtmlEditorConfig::removeButtons() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
Remove the first occurance of buttons
HtmlEditorConfig::require_js() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
Generate the JavaScript that will set TinyMCE's configuration: - Parse all configurations into JSON objects to be used in JavaScript - Includes TinyMCE and configurations using the {@link Requirements} system
IPhpUnitWrapper::runTests() — Method in class IPhpUnitWrapper
Image::ResizedImage() — Method in class Image
Generate a resized copy of this image with the given width & height.
Image::regenerateFormattedImages() — Method in class Image
Regenerate all of the formatted cached images for this image.
Image_Backend::resize() — Method in class Image_Backend
resize
Image_Backend::resizeRatio() — Method in class Image_Backend
resizeRatio
Image_Backend::resizeByWidth() — Method in class Image_Backend
resizeByWidth
Image_Backend::resizeByHeight() — Method in class Image_Backend
resizeByHeight
Image_Cached::requireTable() — Method in class Image_Cached
Prevent creating new tables for the cached record
ImagickBackend::resize() — Method in class ImagickBackend
resize
ImagickBackend::resizeRatio() — Method in class ImagickBackend
resizeRatio
ImagickBackend::resizeByWidth() — Method in class ImagickBackend
resizeByWidth
ImagickBackend::resizeByHeight() — Method in class ImagickBackend
resizeByHeight
Injector::registerService() — Method in class Injector
Register a service object with an optional name to register it as the service for
Injector::registerNamedService() — Method in class Injector
Register a service with an explicit name
JSTestRunner::runTests() — Method in class JSTestRunner
LeftAndMain::redirect() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Overloaded redirection logic to trigger a fake redirect on ajax requests.
LeftAndMain::require_javascript() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Register the given javascript file as required in the CMS.
LeftAndMain::require_css() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Register the given stylesheet file as required.
LeftAndMain::require_themed_css() — Method in class LeftAndMain
Register the given "themeable stylesheet" as required.
ManyManyList::remove() — Method in class ManyManyList
Remove the given item from this list.
ManyManyList::removeByID() — Method in class ManyManyList
Remove the given item from this list.
ManyManyList::removeAll() — Method in class ManyManyList
Remove all items from this many-many join. To remove a subset of items, filter it first.
$MemberProperty in class Member
Member::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class Member
Add default records to database. This function is called whenever the database is built, after the database tables have all been created. Overload this to add default records when the database is built, but make sure you call parent::requireDefaultRecords().
Member::regenerateTempID() — Method in class Member
Trigger regeneration of TempID.
Member::removeFromGroupByCode() — Method in class Member
Removes a member from a group.
Member::registerFailedLogin() — Method in class Member
Tell this member that someone made a failed attempt at logging in as them.
Member::registerSuccessfulLogin() — Method in class Member
Tell this member that a successful login has been made
Member_GroupSet::removeAll() — Method in class Member_GroupSet
Remove all items from this many-many join. To remove a subset of items, filter it first.
MigrateSiteTreeLinkingTask::run() — Method in class MigrateSiteTreeLinkingTask
Implement this method in the task subclass to execute via the TaskRunner
MigrationTask::run() — Method in class MigrationTask
Implement this method in the task subclass to execute via the TaskRunner
Money::requireField() — Method in class Money
Add the field to the underlying database.
MultiEnum::requireField() — Method in class MultiEnum
MySQLDatabase::releaseLock() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Remove an application-level lock file to allow another process to run (if the execution aborts (e.g. due to an error) all locks are automatically released).
MySQLDatabase::random() — Method in class MySQLDatabase
Returns the database-specific version of the random() function
MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseFunctions() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure that the database function for connectivity is available.
MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseServer() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure that the database server exists.
MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseVersion() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure that the MySQL server version is at least 5.0.
MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseConnection() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure a database connection is possible using credentials provided.
MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseOrCreatePermissions() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure that the database connection is able to use an existing database, or be able to create one if it doesn't exist.
MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::requireDatabaseAlterPermissions() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper
Ensure we have permissions to alter tables.
MySQLSchemaManager::renameTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Rename a table.
MySQLSchemaManager::renameField() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
Change the database column name of the given field.
MySQLStatement::rewind() — Method in class MySQLStatement
Iterator function implementation. Rewind the iterator to the first item and return it.
ParameterConfirmationToken::reloadRequired() — Method in class ParameterConfirmationToken
Is this parameter requested without a valid token?
ParameterConfirmationToken::reloadWithToken() — Method in class ParameterConfirmationToken
Forces a reload of the request with the token included This method will terminate the script with die
Permission::remove_from_hidden_permissions() — Method in class Permission
remove a permission represented by the $code from the {@link slef::$hidden_permissions} list
PermissionRoleCode::Role() — Method in class PermissionRoleCode
PhpUnitWrapper::runTests() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper
Perform all tests, added to the suite and initialises SilverStripe to collect the results of the unit tests.
PjaxResponseNegotiator::respond() — Method in class PjaxResponseNegotiator
Out of the box, the handler "CurrentForm" value, which will return the rendered form.
PolymorphicForeignKey::requireField() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey
Add the field to the underlying database.
PolymorphicHasManyList::remove() — Method in class PolymorphicHasManyList
Remove an item from this relation.
$ProfilerProperty in class Profiler
RSSFeedClass in namespace
RSSFeed class
RSSFeed_EntryClass in namespace
RSSFeed_Entry class
RSSFeed_Entry::rssField() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry
Return the named field as an obj() call from $this->failover.
RandomGeneratorClass in namespace
Generates entropy values based on strongest available methods (mcrypt_create_iv(), openssl_random_pseudo_bytes(), /dev/urandom, COM.CAPICOM.Utilities.1, mt_rand()).
RandomGenerator::randomToken() — Method in class RandomGenerator
Generates a random token that can be used for session IDs, CSRF tokens etc., based on hash algorithms.
ReadonlyFieldClass in namespace
Read-only field to display a non-editable value with a label.
ReadonlyTransformationClass in namespace
Transformation that will turn a form into a readonly version of itself
RecentlyEditedReportClass in namespace
RedirectorPageClass in namespace
A redirector page redirects when the page is visited.
RedirectorPage::regularLink() — Method in class RedirectorPage
Return the normal link directly to this page. Once you visit this link, a 30x redirection will take you to your final destination.
RedirectorPage::redirectionLink() — Method in class RedirectorPage
Return the link that we should redirect to.
RedirectorPage_ControllerClass in namespace
Controller for the {@link RedirectorPage}.
RegenerateCachedImagesTaskClass in namespace
Regenerate all cached images that have been created as the result of a manipulation method being called on a {@link Image} object
RegenerateCachedImagesTask::run() — Method in class RegenerateCachedImagesTask
Actually regenerate all the images
RelationListClass in namespace
A DataList that represents a relation.
RemoveOrphanedPagesTaskClass in namespace
RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::run() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
ReportAdminClass in namespace
Reports section of the CMS.
ReportAdmin::Reports() — Method in class ReportAdmin
Return a SS_List of SS_Report subclasses that are available for use.
RequestFilterClass in namespace
A request filter is an object that's executed before and after a request occurs. By returning 'false' from the preRequest method, request execution will be stopped from continuing
RequestHandlerClass in namespace
This class is the base class of any SilverStripe object that can be used to handle HTTP requests.
RequestProcessorClass in namespace
Represents a request processer that delegates pre and post request handling to nested request filters
RequiredFieldsClass in namespace
Required Fields allows you to set which fields need to be present before submitting the form. Submit an array of arguments or each field as a separate argument.
RequiredFields::removeValidation() — Method in class RequiredFields
Clears all the validation from this object.
RequiredFields::removeRequiredField() — Method in class RequiredFields
Removes a required field
RequirementsClass in namespace
Requirements tracker for JavaScript and CSS.
Requirements::restore() — Method in class Requirements
Restore requirements cleared by call to Requirements::clear
Requirements_BackendClass in namespace
Requirements_Backend::restore() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Restore requirements cleared by call to Requirements::clear
ResetFormActionClass in namespace
Action that clears all fields on a form.
RestfulServiceClass in namespace
RestfulService class allows you to consume various RESTful APIs.
RestfulService::request() — Method in class RestfulService
Makes a request to the RESTful server, and return a {@link RestfulService_Response} object for parsing of the result.
RestfulService_ResponseClass in namespace
RootURLControllerClass in namespace
RootURLController::reset() — Method in class RootURLController
Resets the cached homepage link value - useful for testing.
SQLExpression::replaceText() — Method in class SQLExpression
Swap some text in the SQL query with another.
SQLExpression::renameTable() — Method in class SQLExpression
Swap the use of one table with another.
SQLSelect::reverseOrderBy() — Method in class SQLSelect
Reverses the order by clause by replacing ASC or DESC references in the current order by with it's corollary.
SSHTMLBBCodeParser::removeFilter() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
Remove an existing filter
SSTemplateParser::Require_Call() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSViewer_Scope::resetLocalScope() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
SS_ClassLoader::registerAutoloader() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader
SS_ClassManifest::regenerate() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
Completely regenerates the manifest file.
SS_ConfigManifest::registerChangeCallback() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
Register a callback to be called whenever the calculated merged config changes
SS_ConfigManifest::regenerate() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest
Completely regenerates the manifest file. Scans through finding all php _config.php and yaml _config/*.ya?ml files,parses the yaml files into fragments, sorts them and figures out what values need to be checked to pick the correct variant.
SS_ConfigStaticManifest::regenerate() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest
Completely regenerates the manifest file.
SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Reflection::regenerate() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Reflection
Completely regenerates the manifest file.
SS_DAG_Iterator::rewind() — Method in class SS_DAG_Iterator
SS_Database::releaseLock() — Method in class SS_Database
Remove an application-level lock file to allow another process to run (if the execution aborts (e.g. due to an error) all locks are automatically released).
SS_Database::random() — Method in class SS_Database
Returns the database-specific version of the random() function
SS_Database::renameTable() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::renameField() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::requireTable() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::requireIndex() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::requireField() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Datetime::requireField() — Method in class SS_Datetime
Add the field to the underlying database.
SS_HTTPRequest::requestVars() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
Returns all combined HTTP GET and POST parameters passed into this request. If a parameter with the same name exists in both arrays, the POST value is returned.
SS_HTTPRequest::requestVar() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::removeHeader() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
Remove an existing HTTP header by its name, e.g. "Content-Type".
SS_HTTPRequest::routeParams() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::remaining() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
Returns the unparsed part of the original URL separated by commas. This is used by {@link RequestHandler->handleRequest()} to determine if further URL processing is necessary.
SS_HTTPResponse::removeHeader() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
Remove an existing HTTP header by its name, e.g. "Content-Type".
SS_HTTPResponse::redirect() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
SS_List::remove() — Method in class SS_List
Removes an item from the list.
SS_ListDecorator::remove() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
Removes an item from the list.
SS_ListDecorator::reverse() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
Return a new instance of this list based on reversing the current sort.
SS_Log::remove_writer() — Method in class SS_Log
Remove a writer instance from the logger.
SS_Map_Iterator::rewind() — Method in class SS_Map_Iterator
Rewind the Iterator to the first element.
SS_Object::remove_extension() — Method in class SS_Object
Remove an extension from a class.
SS_Query::record() — Method in class SS_Query
Returns the next record in the iterator.
SS_Query::rewind() — Method in class SS_Query
Iterator function implementation. Rewind the iterator to the first item and return it.
SS_Report::records() — Method in class SS_Report
Return a SS_List records for this report.
SS_Sortable::reverse() — Method in class SS_Sortable
Return a new instance of this list based on reversing the current sort.
SS_TemplateManifest::regenerate() — Method in class SS_TemplateManifest
Regenerates the manifest by scanning the base path.
SS_ZendLog::removeWriter() — Method in class SS_ZendLog
Remove a writer instance that exists in this logger.
SapphireTest::resetDBSchema() — Method in class SapphireTest
Reset the testing database's schema.
SearchContext::removeFilterByName() — Method in class SearchContext
Removes a filter by name.
SearchContext::removeFieldByName() — Method in class SearchContext
Removes an existing formfield instance by its name.
SecurityAdmin::roles() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
Shortcut action for setting the correct active tab.
SecurityAdmin::remove_hidden_permission() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
SecurityToken::reset() — Method in class SecurityToken
Reset the token to a new value.
Session::request_contains_session_id() — Method in class Session
Is there a session ID in the request?
ShortcodeParser::register() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Register a shortcode, and attach it to a PHP callback.
ShortcodeParser::registered() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
Check if a shortcode has been registered.
SiteConfig::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class SiteConfig
Setup a default SiteConfig record if none exists.
SiteTree::RelativeLink() — Method in class SiteTree
Return the link for this {@link SiteTree} object relative to the SilverStripe root.
SiteTree::requireDefaultRecords() — Method in class SiteTree
Add default records to database.
SiteTree::rewriteFileURL() — Method in class SiteTree
Rewrite a file URL on this page, after its been renamed. Triggers the onRenameLinkedAsset action on extensions.
SiteTree::reset() — Method in class SiteTree
Clear the permissions cache for SiteTree
TaskRunner::runTask() — Method in class TaskRunner
Runs a BuildTask
TestRunner::runTests() — Method in class TestRunner
Text::requireField() — Method in class Text
(non-PHPdoc)
Time::requireField() — Method in class Time
Add the field to the underlying database.
$URLSegmentFilterProperty in class URLSegmentFilter
UnsavedRelationList::removeAll() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Remove all items from this relation.
UnsavedRelationList::removeMany() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Remove the items from this list with the given IDs
UnsavedRelationList::removeDuplicates() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList
Removes items from this list which are equal.
UpgradeSiteTreePermissionSchemaTask::run() — Method in class UpgradeSiteTreePermissionSchemaTask
Implement this method in the task subclass to execute via the TaskRunner
Validator::requireField() — Method in class Validator
Varchar::requireField() — Method in class Varchar
(non-PHPdoc)
Varchar::RTF() — Method in class Varchar
Return the value of the field in rich text format
$VersionedProperty in class Versioned
Versioned::reset() — Method in class Versioned
Reset static configuration variables to their default values.
Versioned::reading_stage() — Method in class Versioned
Set the reading stage.
Versioned::reading_archived_date() — Method in class Versioned
Set the reading archive date.
Versioned_Version::relField() — Method in class Versioned_Version
Copied from DataObject to allow access via dot notation.
ViewableData::renderWith() — Method in class ViewableData
Render this object into the template, and get the result as a string. You can pass one of the following as the $template parameter: - a template name (e.g. Page) - an array of possible template names - the first valid one will be used - an SSViewer instance
ViewableData::RAW_val() — Method in class ViewableData
Return the value of the field without any escaping being applied.
VirtualPage_Controller::reloadContent() — Method in class VirtualPage_Controller
Reloads the content if the version is different ;-)
Year::requireField() — Method in class Year
Add the field to the underlying database.
_DiffOp::reverse() — Method in class _DiffOp
_DiffOp_Add::reverse() — Method in class _DiffOp_Add
_DiffOp_Change::reverse() — Method in class _DiffOp_Change
_DiffOp_Copy::reverse() — Method in class _DiffOp_Copy
_DiffOp_Delete::reverse() — Method in class _DiffOp_Delete
i18n::register_translator() — Method in class i18n
i18nTextCollector::run() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
This is the main method to build the master string tables with the original strings. It will search for existent modules that use the i18n feature, parse the _t() calls and write the resultant files in the lang folder of each module.
i18nTextCollectorTask::run() — Method in class i18nTextCollectorTask
This is the main method to build the master string tables with the original strings.

S

ArrayData::setField() — Method in class ArrayData
Add or set a field on this object.
ArrayList::shift() — Method in class ArrayList
Shifts the item off the beginning of the list and returns it.
ArrayList::sort() — Method in class ArrayList
Sorts this list by one or more fields. You can either pass in a single field name and direction, or a map of field names to sort directions.
AssetAdmin::SearchForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Returns a form for filtering of files and assets gridfield.
AssetAdmin::SiteTreeAsUL() — Method in class AssetAdmin
Authenticator::supports_cms() — Method in class Authenticator
Determine if this authenticator supports in-cms reauthentication
Authenticator::set_default_authenticator() — Method in class Authenticator
Set a default authenticator (shows first in tabs)
BBCodeParser::smilies_location() — Method in class BBCodeParser
BBCodeParser::set_icon_folder() — Method in class BBCodeParser
BBCodeParser::smiliesAllowed() — Method in class BBCodeParser
Boolean::saveInto() — Method in class Boolean
Saves this field to the given data object.
Boolean::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class Boolean
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
Boolean::scaffoldSearchField() — Method in class Boolean
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for searchform scaffolding.
BrokenFilesReport::sourceRecords() — Method in class BrokenFilesReport
BrokenLinksReport::sourceRecords() — Method in class BrokenLinksReport
BrokenRedirectorPagesReport::sourceRecords() — Method in class BrokenRedirectorPagesReport
BrokenVirtualPagesReport::sourceRecords() — Method in class BrokenVirtualPagesReport
CMSForm::setValidationExemptActions() — Method in class CMSForm
Set actions that are exempt from validation
CMSForm::setResponseNegotiator() — Method in class CMSForm
Sets the response negotiator
CMSMain::ShowSwitchView() — Method in class CMSMain
If this is set to true, the "switchView" context in the template is shown, with links to the staging and publish site.
CMSMain::SwitchView() — Method in class CMSMain
Overloads the LeftAndMain::ShowView. Allows to pass a page as a parameter, so we are able to switch view also for archived versions.
CMSMain::SiteTreeAsUL() — Method in class CMSMain
Return the entire site tree as a nested set of ULs
CMSMain::SearchForm() — Method in class CMSMain
Returns a Form for page searching for use in templates.
CMSMain::SiteTreeHints() — Method in class CMSMain
Create serialized JSON string with site tree hints data to be injected into 'data-hints' attribute of root node of jsTree.
CMSMain::setCurrentPageID() — Method in class CMSMain
Set the page id into $pageID rather than into {@link Session}.
CMSMain::save() — Method in class CMSMain
Save and Publish page handler
CMSMenuItem::setAttributes() — Method in class CMSMenuItem
CMSPageHistoryController::show() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
CMSPageHistoryController::ShowVersionForm() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
CMSPageHistoryController::setVersionID() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
Set current version ID
CMSProfileController::save() — Method in class CMSProfileController
Save handler
CMSSecurity::success() — Method in class CMSSecurity
Given a successful login, tell the parent frame to close the dialog
CSSContentParser::selector2xpath() — Method in class CSSContentParser
Converts a CSS selector into an equivalent xpath expression.
CacheProxy::setDirectives() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::setConfig() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::setBackend() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::setOption() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::setLifetime() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::save() — Method in class CacheProxy
CheckboxField::setValue() — Method in class CheckboxField
Set the field value.
CheckboxSetField::setDefaultItems() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
Default selections, regardless of the {@link setValue()} settings.
CheckboxSetField::setValue() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
Load a value into this CheckboxSetField
CheckboxSetField::saveInto() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
Save the current value of this CheckboxSetField into a DataObject.
ClassInfo::subclassesFor() — Method in class ClassInfo
Returns a list of classes that inherit from the given class.
CompositeDBField::setValue() — Method in class CompositeDBField
Set the value of this field in various formats.
CompositeField::setID() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeField::setChildren() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeField::setTag() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeField::setLegend() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeField::setForm() — Method in class CompositeField
Set the container form.
CompositeField::setColumnCount() — Method in class CompositeField
Config::set_instance() — Method in class Config
Set the current active {@link Config} instance.
Config_LRU::set() — Method in class Config_LRU
Config_LRU::stats() — Method in class Config_LRU
Config_MemCache::set() — Method in class Config_MemCache
Config_MemCache::stats() — Method in class Config_MemCache
$ConfirmedPasswordFieldProperty in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Title for the link that triggers the visibility of password fields.
ConfirmedPasswordField::setCanBeEmpty() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Can be empty is a flag that turns on / off empty field checking.
ConfirmedPasswordField::setShowOnClickTitle() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
The title on the link which triggers display of the "password" and "confirm password" formfields. Only used if {@link setShowOnClick()} is set to TRUE.
ConfirmedPasswordField::setRightTitle() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
ConfirmedPasswordField::setChildrenTitles() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Set child field titles. Titles in order should be: - "Current Password" (if getRequireExistingPassword() is set) - "Password" - "Confirm Password"
ConfirmedPasswordField::setValue() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Value is sometimes an array, and sometimes a single value, so we need to handle both cases.
ConfirmedPasswordField::setName() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Update the names of the child fields when updating name of field.
ConfirmedPasswordField::saveInto() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Only save if field was shown on the client, and is not empty.
ConfirmedPasswordField::setRequireExistingPassword() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Set if the existing password should be required
ContentController::SilverStripeNavigator() — Method in class ContentController
ContentController::SiteConfig() — Method in class ContentController
ContentController::successfullyinstalled() — Method in class ContentController
This action is called by the installation system
ContentControllerSearchExtension::SearchForm() — Method in class ContentControllerSearchExtension
Site search form
ContentNegotiator::set_encoding() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
Set the character set encoding for this page. By default it's utf-8, but you could change it to, say, windows-1252, to improve interoperability with extended characters being imported from windows excel.
Controller::setURLParams() — Method in class Controller
Controller::setResponse() — Method in class Controller
Sets the SS_HTTPResponse object that this controller is building up.
Controller::setSession() — Method in class Controller
Set the Session object.
Convert::symbol2sql() — Method in class Convert
Safely encodes a SQL symbolic identifier (or list of identifiers), such as a database, table, or column name. Supports encoding of multi identfiers separated by a delimiter (e.g. ".")
Cookie::set() — Method in class Cookie
Set a cookie variable
Cookie::set_report_errors() — Method in class Cookie
CookieJar::set() — Method in class CookieJar
Set a cookie
Cookie_Backend::set() — Method in class Cookie_Backend
Set a cookie
Currency::setValue() — Method in class Currency
Set the value on the field.
Currency::setCurrencySymbol() — Method in class Currency
CurrencyField::setValue() — Method in class CurrencyField
allows the value to be set. removes the first character if it is not a number (probably a currency symbol)
DB::set_conn() — Method in class DB
Set the global database connection.
DB::setConn() — Method in class DB
DB::set_alternative_database_name() — Method in class DB
Set an alternative database in a browser cookie, with the cookie lifetime set to the browser session.
DBConnector::selectDatabase() — Method in class DBConnector
Select a database by name
DBField::setName() — Method in class DBField
Set the name of this field.
DBField::setValue() — Method in class DBField
Set the value on the field.
DBField::setTable() — Method in class DBField
DBField::saveInto() — Method in class DBField
Saves this field to the given data object.
DBField::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBField
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
DBField::scaffoldSearchField() — Method in class DBField
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for searchform scaffolding.
DBFloat::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBFloat
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
DBInt::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class DBInt
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
DBSchemaManager::setDatabase() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Injector injection point for database controller
DBSchemaManager::schemaUpdate() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
Initiates a schema update within a single callback
DataFormatter::setCustomFields() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::setCustomAddFields() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::setCustomRelations() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::setRemoveFields() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::setTotalSize() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::supportedExtensions() — Method in class DataFormatter
Return an array of the extensions that this data formatter supports
DataFormatter::supportedMimeTypes() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataList::setDataModel() — Method in class DataList
Set the DataModel
DataList::setDataQuery() — Method in class DataList
Return a new DataList instance with the underlying {@link DataQuery} object changed
DataList::setDataQueryParam() — Method in class DataList
Returns a new DataList instance with the specified query parameter assigned
DataList::sql() — Method in class DataList
Returns the SQL query that will be used to get this DataList's records. Good for debugging. :-)
DataList::sort() — Method in class DataList
Return a new DataList instance as a copy of this data list with the sort order set.
DataList::subtract() — Method in class DataList
This method returns a copy of this list that does not contain any DataObjects that exists in $list
DataList::sum() — Method in class DataList
Return the sum of the values of the given field in this DataList
DataList::setQueriedColumns() — Method in class DataList
Restrict the columns to fetch into this DataList
DataList::setByIDList() — Method in class DataList
Sets the ComponentSet to be the given ID list.
DataList::shift() — Method in class DataList
This method won't function on DataLists due to the specific query that it represent
DataModel::set_inst() — Method in class DataModel
Set the global DataModel, used when data is requested from static methods.
DataObject::set_validation_enabled() — Method in class DataObject
Set whether DataObjects should be validated before they are written.
DataObject::setDataModel() — Method in class DataObject
Set the DataModel
DataObject::setClassName() — Method in class DataObject
Set the ClassName attribute. {@link $class} is also updated.
DataObject::singular_name() — Method in class DataObject
Get the user friendly singular name of this DataObject.
DataObject::scaffoldSearchFields() — Method in class DataObject
Determine which properties on the DataObject are searchable, and map them to their default {@link FormField} representations. Used for scaffolding a searchform for {@link ModelAdmin}.
DataObject::scaffoldFormFields() — Method in class DataObject
Scaffold a simple edit form for all properties on this dataobject, based on default {@link FormField} mapping in {@link DBField::scaffoldFormField()}.
DataObject::setField() — Method in class DataObject
Set the value of the field Called by {@link __set()} and any setFieldName() methods you might create.
DataObject::setCastedField() — Method in class DataObject
Set the value of the field, using a casting object.
DataObject::setSourceQueryParams() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::setSourceQueryParam() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::searchableFields() — Method in class DataObject
Get the default searchable fields for this object, as defined in the $searchable_fields list. If searchable fields are not defined on the data object, uses a default selection of summary fields.
DataObject::summaryFields() — Method in class DataObject
Get the default summary fields for this object.
DataObjectInterface::setCastedField() — Method in class DataObjectInterface
Save content from a form into a field on this data object.
DataQuery::setQueriedColumns() — Method in class DataQuery
DataQuery::sql() — Method in class DataQuery
Return this query's SQL
DataQuery::sum() — Method in class DataQuery
Return the sum of the values of the given field in this DataList
DataQuery::sort() — Method in class DataQuery
Set the ORDER BY clause of this query
DataQuery::subtract() — Method in class DataQuery
Removes the result of query from this query.
DataQuery::selectFromTable() — Method in class DataQuery
Select only the given fields from the given table.
DataQuery::setQueryParam() — Method in class DataQuery
Set an arbitrary query parameter, that can be used by decorators to add additional meta-data to the query.
DatalessField::SmallFieldHolder() — Method in class DatalessField
Returns the field's representation in a field group.
DatalessField::setAllowHTML() — Method in class DatalessField
Date::setValue() — Method in class Date
Set the value on the field.
Date::ShortMonth() — Method in class Date
Returns the short version of the month such as Jan
Date::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class Date
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
DateField::SmallFieldHolder() — Method in class DateField
Returns a restricted field holder used within things like FieldGroups.
DateField::setValue() — Method in class DateField
Sets the internal value to ISO date format.
DateField::set_default_config() — Method in class DateField
DateField::setLocale() — Method in class DateField
Caution: Will not update the 'dateformat' config value.
DateField::setConfig() — Method in class DateField
DatetimeField::setForm() — Method in class DatetimeField
Set the container form.
DatetimeField::setName() — Method in class DatetimeField
Set the field name.
DatetimeField::setValue() — Method in class DatetimeField
Sets the internal value to ISO date format, based on either a database value in ISO date format, or a form submssion in the user date format. Uses the individual date and time fields to take care of the actual formatting and value conversion.
DatetimeField::setDisabled() — Method in class DatetimeField
Sets a disabled flag on this FormField.
DatetimeField::setReadonly() — Method in class DatetimeField
Sets a read-only flag on this FormField.
DatetimeField::setDateField() — Method in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField::setTimeField() — Method in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField::setLocale() — Method in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField::setConfig() — Method in class DatetimeField
Note: Use {@link getDateField()} and {@link getTimeField()} to set field-specific config options.
Debug::show() — Method in class Debug
Show the contents of val in a debug-friendly way.
Debug::showError() — Method in class Debug
Render a developer facing error page, showing the stack trace and details of the code where the error occured.
Debug::showLines() — Method in class Debug
Utility method to render a snippet of PHP source code, from selected file and highlighting the given line number.
Decimal::saveInto() — Method in class Decimal
Decimal::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class Decimal
Deprecation::set_enabled() — Method in class Deprecation
Toggle on or off deprecation notices. Will be ignored in live.
Director::setUrlParams() — Method in class Director
Set url parameters (should only be called internally by RequestHandler->handleRequest()).
Director::set_current_page() — Method in class Director
Set the currently active {@link SiteTree} object that is being used to respond to the request.
Director::setBaseURL() — Method in class Director
Sets the root URL for the website.
Director::setBaseFolder() — Method in class Director
Sets the root folder for the website.
Director::set_environment_type() — Method in class Director
Set the environment type of the current site.
DropdownField::setDisabledItems() — Method in class DropdownField
Mark certain elements as disabled, regardless of the {@link setDisabled()} settings.
DropdownField::setSource() — Method in class DropdownField
DropdownField::setHasEmptyDefault() — Method in class DropdownField
DropdownField::setEmptyString() — Method in class DropdownField
Set the default selection label, e.g. "select.
Email::set_mailer() — Method in class Email
Email::setBounceHandlerURL() — Method in class Email
Email::Subject() — Method in class Email
Email::setSubject() — Method in class Email
Email::setBody() — Method in class Email
Email::setTo() — Method in class Email
Email::setFrom() — Method in class Email
Email::setCc() — Method in class Email
Email::setBcc() — Method in class Email
Email::setReplyTo() — Method in class Email
Set the "Reply-To" header with an email address.
Email::setTemplate() — Method in class Email
Set template name (without *.ss extension).
Email::sendPlain() — Method in class Email
Send the email in plaintext.
Email::send() — Method in class Email
Send an email with HTML content.
Email::setAdminEmail() — Method in class Email
Used as a default sender address in the {@link Email} class unless overwritten. Also shown to users on live environments as a contact address on system error pages.
Email::send_all_emails_to() — Method in class Email
Send every email generated by the Email class to the given address.
EmptyPagesReport::sort() — Method in class EmptyPagesReport
EmptyPagesReport::sourceRecords() — Method in class EmptyPagesReport
Enum::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class Enum
Enum::scaffoldSearchField() — Method in class Enum
ErrorControlChain::setErrored() — Method in class ErrorControlChain
ErrorControlChain::setSuppression() — Method in class ErrorControlChain
Sets whether errors are suppressed or not Notes: - Errors cannot be suppressed if not handling errors.
ErrorPage::set_static_filepath() — Method in class ErrorPage
Set the path where static error files are saved through {@link publish()}.
ExactMatchFilter::setModifiers() — Method in class ExactMatchFilter
Set the current modifiers to apply to the filter
Extension::setOwner() — Method in class Extension
Set the owner of this extension.
FieldGroup::setZebra() — Method in class FieldGroup
Set an odd/even class
FieldList::saveableFields() — Method in class FieldList
FieldList::setForm() — Method in class FieldList
Set the Form instance for this FieldList.
FieldList::setValues() — Method in class FieldList
Load the given data into this form.
FieldList::setContainerField() — Method in class FieldList
FieldList::setTabPathRewrites() — Method in class FieldList
Ordered list of regular expressions matching a tab path, to their rewrite rule (through preg_replace()).
File::StripThumbnail() — Method in class File
Return image markup for use as a thumbnail in a strip
File::setName() — Method in class File
Setter function for Name. Automatically sets a default title, and removes characters that might be invalid on the filesystem.
File::setParentID() — Method in class File
Does not change the filesystem itself, please use {@link write()} for this.
File::setFilename() — Method in class File
Caution: this does not change the location of the file on the filesystem.
File::set_class_for_file_extension() — Method in class File
See {@link get_class_for_file_extension()}.
FileField::saveInto() — Method in class FileField
Method to save this form field into the given {@link DataObject}.
FileField::setValidator() — Method in class FileField
Set custom validator for this field
FileField::setFolderName() — Method in class FileField
Sets the upload folder name
FileField::setUpload() — Method in class FileField
Sets the upload handler
FileField::setAllowedExtensions() — Method in class FileField
Limit allowed file extensions. Empty by default, allowing all extensions.
FileField::setAllowedFileCategories() — Method in class FileField
Limit allowed file extensions by specifying categories of file types.
FileNameFilter::setReplacements() — Method in class FileNameFilter
Take care not to add replacements which might invalidate the file structure, e.g. removing dots will remove file extension information.
FileNameFilter::setTransliterator() — Method in class FileNameFilter
Filesystem::sync() — Method in class Filesystem
This function ensures the file table is correct with the files in the assets folder.
FixtureBlueprint::setDefaults() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
FixtureFactory::setId() — Method in class FixtureFactory
Folder::syncChildren() — Method in class Folder
Synchronize the file database with the actual content of the assets folder.
Folder::setTitle() — Method in class Folder
Override setting the Title of Folders to that Name, Filename and Title are always in sync.
Folder::setName() — Method in class Folder
Setter function for Name. Automatically sets a default title, and removes characters that might be invalid on the filesystem.
Folder::setFilename() — Method in class Folder
Caution: this does not change the location of the file on the filesystem.
ForeignKey::scaffoldFormField() — Method in class ForeignKey
Returns a FormField instance used as a default for form scaffolding.
Form::setupFormErrors() — Method in class Form
Set up current form errors in session to the current form if appropriate.
Form::setRedirectToFormOnValidationError() — Method in class Form
Set whether the user should be redirected back down to the form on the page upon validation errors in the form or if they just need to redirect back to the page
Form::setValidator() — Method in class Form
Set the {@link Validator} on this form.
Form::setFields() — Method in class Form
Setter for the form fields.
Form::setActions() — Method in class Form
Setter for the form actions.
Form::setAttribute() — Method in class Form
Form::setTemplateHelper() — Method in class Form
Set the target of this form to any value - useful for opening the form contents in a new window or refreshing another frame
Form::setTarget() — Method in class Form
Set the target of this form to any value - useful for opening the form contents in a new window or refreshing another frame.
Form::setLegend() — Method in class Form
Set the legend value to be inserted into the

<

legend> element in the Form.ss template.

Form::setTemplate() — Method in class Form
Set the SS template that this form should use to render with. The default is "Form".
Form::setEncType() — Method in class Form
Sets the form encoding type. The most common encoding types are defined in {@link ENC_TYPE_URLENCODED} and {@link ENC_TYPE_MULTIPART}.
Form::setFormMethod() — Method in class Form
Set the form method: GET, POST, PUT, DELETE.
Form::setStrictFormMethodCheck() — Method in class Form
If set to true, enforce the matching of the form method.
Form::setFormAction() — Method in class Form
Set the form action attribute to a custom URL.
Form::setHTMLID() — Method in class Form
Set the HTML ID attribute of the form.
Form::setController() — Method in class Form
Set the controller.
Form::setName() — Method in class Form
Set the name of the form.
Form::setMessage() — Method in class Form
Set a status message for the form.
Form::sessionMessage() — Method in class Form
Set a message to the session, for display next time this form is shown.
Form::saveInto() — Method in class Form
Save the contents of this form into the given data object.
Form::setButtonClicked() — Method in class Form
Sets the button that was clicked. This should only be called by the Controller.
Form::single_field_required() — Method in class Form
Returns the name of a field, if that's the only field that the current controller is interested in.
Form::set_current_action() — Method in class Form
Set the current form action. Should only be called by {@link Contro